CYT22

KONGU ENGINEERING COLLEGE

(Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai)
PERUNDURAI ERODE – 638 060
TAMILNADU INDIA

REGULATIONS, CURRICULUM & SYLLABI - 2020

(CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM AND OUTCOME BASED EDUCATION)
(For the students admitted during 2020 - 2021 and onwards)

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING DEGREE

IN
MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

DEPARTMENT OF MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

INDEX

Page
Sl.No. CONTENTS
No.

1 VISION AND MISSION OF THE INSTITUTE 2

2 QUALITY POLICY 2

3 VISION AND MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT 2

4 PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs) 2

5 PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs) 3

6 PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs) 4

7 REGULATIONS 2020 5

8 CURRICULUM BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE 21

9 CATEGORISATION OF COURSES 21

10 SCHEDULING OF COURSES 29

11 MAPPING OF COURSES WITH PROGRAM OUTCOMES 31

12 CURRICULUM OF BE – MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING 40

13 DETAILED SYLLABUS 44
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

KONGU ENGINEERING COLLEGE

PERUNDURAI ERODE – 638 060
(Autonomous)

INSTITUTE VISION
To be a centre of excellence for development and dissemination of knowledge in Applied Sciences,
Technology, Engineering and Management for the Nation and beyond.

INSTITUTE MISSION
We are committed to value based Education, Research and Consultancy in Engineering and Management
and to bring out technically competent, ethically strong and quality professionals to keep our Nation
ahead in the competitive knowledge intensive world.

QUALITY POLICY
We are committed to

 Provide value based quality education for the development of students as competent and
responsible citizens.
 Contribute to the nation and beyond through research and development
 Continuously improve our services

DEPARTMENT OF MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

VISION
To be a centre of excellence for development and dissemination of knowledge in Mechatronics
Engineering for the Nation and beyond.

MISSION
Department of Mechatronics Engineering is committed to:
MS1: Disseminate knowledge through effective teaching-learning process to develop quality
Mechatronics professionals to meet the global challenges
MS2: Foster continuous learning and research by nurturing innovation and providing state-of-the art
facilities
MS3: Collaborate with industries and R&D organizations to promote training and consultancy services

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

Graduates of Mechatronics Engineering will
PEO1: Utilize the fundamental knowledge of basic sciences and engineering to succeed in their
profession
PEO2: Design and Develop Mechatronics Engineering based products and processes for real world
applications
PEO3: Exhibit professional and managerial capabilities with ethical conduct and have an aptitude for
continuous learning
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

MAPPING OF MISSION STATEMENTS (MS) WITH PEOs

MS\PEO PEO1 PEO2 PEO3

MS1 3 3 2
MS2 3 3 3
MS3 2 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

Graduates of Mechatronics Engineering will:
PO1 Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
PO2 Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics,
natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO3 Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and
design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
PO4 Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the
information to provide valid conclusions.
PO5 Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities
with an understanding of the limitations.
PO6 The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the
professional engineering practice.
PO7 Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for
sustainable development.
PO8 Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms
of the engineering practice.
PO9 Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in
diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO10 Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive
clear instructions.
PO11 Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and
leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO12 Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in
independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

Graduates of Mechatronics Engineering will:
PSO1 Design and develop Mechatronic system by synergistic combination of precision mechanical
engineering, electronic controls and systems
PSO2 Adapt multidisciplinary approach to solve real world problems

MAPPING OF PEOs WITH POs AND PSOs

PEO\PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

PEO1 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2

PEO2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3

PEO3 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

KONGU ENGINEERING COLLEGE, PERUNDURAI, ERODE – 638060

(Autonomous)

REGULATIONS 2020

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM AND OUTCOME BASED EDUCATION

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (BE) / BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY (BTech) DEGREE

PROGRAMMES

These regulations are applicable to all candidates admitted into BE/BTech Degree programmes from the
academic year 2020 – 2021 onwards.

1. DEFINITIONS AND NOMENCLATURE

In these Regulations, unless otherwise specified:

i. “University” means ANNA UNIVERSITY, Chennai.

ii. “College” means KONGU ENGINEERING COLLEGE.

iii. “Programme” means Bachelor of Engineering (BE) / Bachelor of Technology (BTech)

Degree programme

iv. “Branch” means specialization or discipline of BE/BTech Degree programme, like Civil
Engineering, Information Technology, etc.

v. “Course” means a Theory / Theory cum Practical / Practical course that is normally
studied in a semester like Mathematics, Physics etc.

vi. “Credit” means a numerical value allocated to each course to describe the candidate’s
workload required per week.

vii. “Grade” means the letter grade assigned to each course based on the marks range
specified.

viii. “Grade point” means a numerical value (0 to 10) allocated based on the grade assigned
to each course.

ix. “Principal” means Chairman, Academic Council of the College.

x. “Controller of Examinations” means authorized person who is responsible for all

examination related activities of the College.

xi. “Head of the Department” means Head of the Department concerned of the College.
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

2. PROGRAMMES AND BRANCHES OF STUDY

The following programmes and branches of study approved by Anna University, Chennai and
All India Council for Technical Education, New Delhi are offered by the College.
Programme Branch

Civil Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Electronics and Communication Engineering
Computer Science and Engineering
BE Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
Mechatronics Engineering
Automobile Engineering
Computer Science and Design
Chemical Engineering
Information Technology
BTech Food Technology
Artificial Intelligence and Data Science
Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning
3. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
3.1 First Semester Admission
The candidates seeking admission to the first semester of the eight semester BE / BTech
Degree Programme:
Should have passed the Higher Secondary Examination (10 + 2) in the academic stream
with Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry as three of the four subjects of study under
Part-III subjects of the study conducted by the Government of Tamil Nadu or any
examination of any other University or authority accepted by the Anna University,
Chennai as equivalent thereto.
(OR)
Should have passed the Higher Secondary Examination of Vocational stream
(Vocational groups in Engineering / Technology) as prescribed by the Government of
Tamil Nadu.
They should also satisfy other eligibility conditions as prescribed by the Anna
University, Chennai and Directorate of Technical Education, Chennai from time to time.
3.2 Lateral Entry Admission
The candidates who hold a Diploma in Engineering / Technology awarded by the State
Board of Technical Education, Tamilnadu or its equivalent are eligible to apply for
Lateral entry admission to the third semester of BE / BTech in relevant branches of
study.
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

(OR)
The candidates who hold a BSc degree (10+2+3 stream) with mathematics as one of the
subjects at the BSc level from a recognised University are eligible to apply for Lateral
entry admission to the third semester of BE / BTech. Such candidates shall undergo two
additional Engineering course(s) in the third and fourth semesters as prescribed by the
College.
They should satisfy other eligibility conditions prescribed by the Anna University,
Chennai and Directorate of Technical Education, Chennai from time to time.

4. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMES

4.1 Categorisation of Courses

The BE / BTech programme shall have a curriculum with syllabi comprising of theory,
theory cum practical, practical courses in each semester, professional skills
training/industrial training, project work, internship, etc. that have been approved by the
respective Board of Studies and Academic Council of the College. All the programmes
have well defined Programme Outcomes (PO), Programme Specific Outcomes (PSO)
and Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) as per Outcome Based Education (OBE).
The content of each course is designed based on the Course Outcomes (CO). The
courses shall be categorized as follows:
i. Humanities and Social Sciences (HS) including Management Courses
ii. Basic Science (BS) Courses
iii. Engineering Science (ES) Courses
iv. Professional Core (PC) Courses
v. Professional Elective (PE) Courses
vi. Open Elective (OE) Courses
vii. Employability Enhancement Courses (EC) like Project work, Professional Skills
Training, Industrial Training, Comprehensive Test & Viva, Entrepreneurships/Start
ups and Internship in Industry or elsewhere
viii. Audit Courses (AC)
ix. Mandatory Courses (MC) like Student Induction Program and Environmental
Science.
x. Honours Degree Courses (HC)

4.2 Credit Assignment and Honours Degree

4.2.1. Credit Assignment
Each course is assigned certain number of credits as follows:
Contact period per week Credits
1 Lecture / Tutorial Period 1
2 Practical Periods 1
2 Project Work Periods 1
40 Training / Internship Periods 1
The minimum number of credits to complete the BE/BTech programme is 169.
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

4.2.2. Honours Degree

If a candidate earns 18 to 20 additional credits in an emerging area, then he/she can be
awarded with Honours degree mentioning that emerging area as his/her specialization.
The respective board of studies shall recommend the specializations for honours degree
and appropriate additional courses to be studied by the candidate which shall get
approval from Academic Council of the institution. A candidate shall have not less than
8.0 CGPA and no history of arrears during the entire programme to opt for the honours
degree.
Various specializations for various branches recommended by the respective boards of
studies are given below:
Specializations for Honours degree in To be offered as Honours, Only for the following
SNo
emerging areas branches mentioned against the specialization
1. Construction Technology BE – Civil Engineering
2. Smart Cities BE – Civil Engineering
3. Smart Manufacturing * BE – Mechanical Engineering
4. Computational Product Design * BE – Mechanical Engineering
5. Intelligent Autonomous Systems * BE – Mechatronics Engineering
6. E-Mobility * BE – Automobile Engineering
7. Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning BE – Electronics and Communication Engineering
8. System on Chip Design * BE – Electronics and Communication Engineering
9. Electric Vehicles BE – Electrical and Electronics Engineering
10. Microgrid Technologies BE – Electrical and Electronics Engineering
11. Intelligent Sensors Technology * BE – Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
12. Smart Industrial Automation * BE – Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
13. Data Science BE – Computer Science and Engineering
14. Cyber Security BE – Computer Science and Engineering
15. Data Science BTech – Information Technology
16. Cyber Security BTech – Information Technology
17. Petroleum and Petrochemical Engineering * BTech – Chemical Engineering
18. Waste Technology * BTech – Chemical Engineering
19. Food Processing and Management * BTech – Food Technology
20. Virtual and Augumented Reality BE- Computer Science and Design
21. Data Science BE- Computer Science and Design
22. Internet of Things (IoT) BTech – Artificial Intelligence and Data Science
23. Blockchain BTech – Artificial Intelligence and Data Science
24. Internet of Things (IoT) BTech – Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning
25. Blockchain BTech – Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning
*Title by KEC

The courses specified under Honours degree in the emerging area may include theory,
theory cum practical, practical, project work, etc. under the particular specialization. A
candidate can choose and study these specified courses from fourth semester onwards
and he/she shall successfully complete the courses within the stipulated time vide
clause 5. Total number of credits earned in each semester may vary from candidate to
candidate based on the courses chosen. The registration, assessment & evaluation pattern
and classification of grades of these courses shall be the same as that of the courses in the
regular curriculum of the programme of the candidate vide clause 6, clause 7 and
clause 15 respectively. A candidate can earn Honours degree in only one specialization
during the entire duration of the programme.
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

4.3 Employability Enhancement Courses

A candidate shall be offered with the employability enhancement courses like project
work, internship, professional skills training/industrial training, comprehensive test &
viva, internship and entrepreneurships/start ups during the programme to gain/exhibit the
knowledge/skills.
4.3.1 Professional Skills Training/ Industrial Training/Entrepreneurships/Start Ups
A candidate may be offered with appropriate training courses imparting
programming skills, communication skills, problem solving skills, aptitude skills
etc. It is offered in two phases as phase-I in fifth semester and phase-II in sixth
semester including vacation periods and each phase can carry two credits.
(or)
A candidate may be allowed to go for training at research organizations or
industries for a required number of hours in sixth semester vacation period. Such
candidate can earn two credits for this training course in place of Professional
Skills Training Phase-II in sixth semester. He/She shall attend Professional Skills
Training Phase-I in fifth semester and can earn two credits.
(or)
A candidate may be allowed to set up a start up and working part-time for the start
ups by applying his/her innovations and can become a student entrepreneur
during BE/BTech programme. Candidates can set up their start up from fifth
semester onwards either inside or outside of the college. Such student entrepreneurs
may earn a maximum of 2 credits per semester for two semesters each in place of
either Professional Skills Training-I / II or Industrial Training-I/ II respectively.
The area in which the candidate wants to initiate a start up may be
interdisciplinary or multidisciplinary. The progress of the startup shall be evaluated
by a panel of members constituted by the Principal through periodic reviews.
4.3.2 Comprehensive Test & Viva
The overall knowledge of the candidate in various courses he/she studied shall be
evaluated by (i) conducting comprehensive tests with multiple choice questions
generally with pattern similar to GATE and/or (ii) viva-voce examination
conducted by a panel of experts assigned by the Head of the department. The
members can examine the knowledge of the candidate by asking questions from
various domains and the marks will be assigned based on their answers. This
course shall carry two credits.
4.3.3 Internships
The curriculum enables a candidate to go for full time project through internship
during a part of seventh semester and/or entire final semester and can earn credits
vide clause 7.6 and clause 7.11.
A candidate is permitted to go for full time projects through internship in seventh
semester with the following condition: The candidate shall complete a part of the
seventh semester courses with a total credit of about 50% of the total credits of
seventh semester including Project Work-I Phase-II in the first two months from
the commencement of the seventh semester under fast track mode. The balance
credits required to complete the seventh semester shall be earned by the candidate
through either approved Value Added Courses /Online courses / Self Study
Courses or Add/Drop courses as per clause 4.4 and clause 4.5 respectively.
A candidate is permitted to go for full time projects through internship during
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

eighth semester. Such candidate shall earn the minimum number of credits required
to complete eighth semester other than project through either approved Value
Added Courses /Online courses / Self Study Courses or Add/Drop courses as per
clause 4.4 and clause 4.5 respectively.
Assessment procedure is to be followed as specified in the guidelines approved by
the Academic Council.
4.4 Value Added Courses / Online Courses / Self Study Courses
The candidates may optionally undergo Value Added Courses / Online Courses /
Self Study Courses as elective courses.

4.4.1 Value Added Courses: Value Added courses each with One / Two credits shall
be offered by the college with the prior approval from the respective Board of
Studies. A candidate can earn a maximum of six credits through value added
courses during the entire duration of the programme.
4.4.2 Online Courses: Candidates may be permitted to earn credits for online courses,
offered by NPTEL / SWAYAM / a University / Other Agencies, approved by
respective Board of Studies.

4.4.3 Self Study Courses: The Department may offer an elective course as a self study
course. The syllabus of the course shall be approved by the respective Board of
Studies. However, mode of assessment for a self study course will be the same as
that used for other courses. The candidates shall study such courses on their own
under the guidance of member of the faculty following due approval procedure.
Self study course is limited to one per semester.

4.4.4 The elective courses in the final year may be exempted if a candidate earns the
required credits vide clause 4.4.1, 4.4.2 and 4.4.3 by registering the required
number of courses in advance.
4.4.5 A candidate can earn a maximum of 30 credits through all value added courses,
online courses and self study courses.

4.5 Flexibility to Add or Drop Courses

4.5.1 A candidate has to earn the total number of credits specified in the curriculum of
the respective programme of study in order to be eligible to obtain the degree.
However, if the candidate wishes, then the candidate is permitted to earn more
than the total number of credits prescribed in the curriculum of the candidate’s
programme.
4.5.2 From the first to eighth semesters the candidates have the option of registering for
additional elective/Honours courses or dropping of already registered additional
elective/Honours courses within two weeks from the start of the semester. Add /
Drop is only an option given to the candidates. Total number of credits of such
courses during the entire programme of study cannot exceed eight.
4.6 Maximum number of credits the candidate can enroll in a particular semester cannot
exceed 30 credits.

4.7 The blend of different courses shall be so designed that the candidate at the end of the
programme would have been trained not only in his / her relevant professional field but
also would have developed to become a socially conscious human being.
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

4.8 The medium of instruction, examinations and project report shall be English.

5. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME

5.1 A candidate is normally expected to complete the BE / BTech Degree programme in

8 consecutive semesters/4 Years (6 semesters/3 Years for lateral entry candidate), but in
any case not more than 14 semesters/7 Years (12 semesters/6 Years for lateral entry
candidate).

5.2 Each semester shall consist of a minimum of 90 working days including continuous
assessment test period. The Head of the Department shall ensure that every teacher
imparts instruction as per the number of periods specified in the syllabus for the course
being taught.

5.3 The total duration for completion of the programme reckoned from the commencement
of the first semester to which the candidate was admitted shall not exceed the maximum
duration specified in clause 5.1 irrespective of the period of break of study (vide
clause 11) or prevention (vide clause 9) in order that the candidate may be eligible for the
award of the degree (vide clause 16). Extension beyond the prescribed period shall not be
permitted.
6. COURSE REGISTRATION FOR THE EXAMINATION

6.1 Registration for the end semester examination is mandatory for courses in the current
semester as well as for the arrear courses failing which the candidate will not be
permitted to move on to the higher semester. This will not be applicable for the courses
which do not have an end semester examination.

6.2 The candidates who need to reappear for the courses which have only continuous
assessment shall enroll for the same in the subsequent semester, when offered next, and
repeat the course. In this case, the candidate shall attend the classes, satisfy the
attendance requirements (vide clause 8), earn continuous assessment marks. This will be
considered as an attempt for the purpose of classification.

6.3 If a candidate is prevented from writing end semester examination of a course due to lack
of attendance, the candidate has to attend the classes, when offered next, and fulfill the
attendance requirements as per clause 8 and earn continuous assessment marks. If the
course, in which the candidate has a lack of attendance, is an elective, the candidate may
register for the same or any other elective course in the subsequent semesters and that
will be considered as an attempt for the purpose of classification.

6.4 A candidate shall register for the chosen courses as well as arrear courses (if any vide
clause 6.2 and 6.3) from the list of courses specified under Honours degree.

7. ASSESSMENT AND EXAMINATION PROCEDURE FOR AWARDING MARKS

7.1 The BE/BTech programmes consist of Theory Courses, Theory cum Practical courses,
Practical courses, Project Work, Professional Skills Training / Industrial Training,
Internship and Entrepreneurships/ Start ups. Performance in each course of study shall
be evaluated based on (i) Continuous Assessments (CA) throughout the semester and (ii)
End Semester Examination (ESE) at the end of the semester except for the courses which
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

are evaluated based on continuous assessment only. Each course shall be evaluated for a
maximum of 100 marks as shown below:

Continuous
Sl. End Semester
Category of Course Assessment
No. Examination Marks
Marks
1. Theory / Practical 50 50

2. Theory cum Practical The distribution of marks shall be decided

based on the credit weightage assigned to
theory and practical components.
3. Professional Skills Training / / 100 ---
Comprehensive Test & Viva /
Entrepreneurships / Start ups /
Project Work - I / Industrial
Training / Mandatory Course
4. Project Work-II Phase-I / Project 50 50
Work-II Phase-II / Internships
5. Value Added Course The distribution ---
of marks shall be
6. All other Courses decided based on
the credit
weightage
assigned

7.2 Examiners for setting end semester examination question papers for theory courses,
theory cum practical courses and practical courses and evaluating end semester
examination answer scripts, project works, internships and entrepreneurships/start ups
shall be appointed by the Controller of Examinations after obtaining approval from the
Principal.

7.3 Theory Courses

For all theory courses out of 100 marks, the continuous assessment shall be 50 marks and
the end semester examination shall be for 50 marks. However, the end semester
examinations shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
to 50. The continuous assessment tests shall be conducted as per the schedule laid down
in the academic schedule. Three tests shall be conducted for 50 marks each and reduced
to 30 marks each. The total of the continuous assessment marks and the end semester
examination marks shall be rounded off to the nearest integer.
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

7.3.1 The assessment pattern for awarding continuous assessment marks shall be as
follows:
Sl. Max.
Type Remarks
No. Marks
Test - I 30
1. Test - II 30 Average of best two
Test - III 30
Should be of Open
Book/Objective Type.
Average of best 4 (or
2. Tutorial 15 more, depending on the
nature of the course, as
may be approved by
Principal)
Assignment / Paper Presentation
To be assessed by the
in Conference / Seminar /
3. 05 Course Teacher based
Comprehension / Activity based
on any one type.
learning / Class notes
Rounded off to the one
Total 50
decimal place
However, the assessment pattern for awarding the continuous assessment marks
may be changed based on the nature of the course and is to be approved by the
Principal.

7.3.2 A reassessment test or tutorial covering the respective test or tutorial portions
may be conducted for those candidates who were absent with valid reasons
(Sports or any other reason approved by the Principal).
7.3.3 The end semester examination for theory courses shall be for a duration of
three hours and shall be conducted between November and January during odd
semesters and between April and June during even semesters every year.

7.4 Theory cum Practical Courses

For courses involving theory and practical components, the evaluation pattern as per the
clause 7.1 shall be followed. Depending on the nature of the course, the end semester
examination shall be conducted for theory and the practical components. The
apportionment of continuous assessment and end semester examination marks shall be
decided based on the credit weightage assigned to theory and practical components
approved by Principal.
7.5 Practical Courses

For all practical courses out of 100 marks, the continuous assessment shall be for 50
marks and the end semester examination shall be for 50 marks. Every exercise /
experiment shall be evaluated based on the candidate’s performance during the practical
class and the candidate's records shall be maintained.
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

7.5.1 The assessment pattern for awarding continuous assessment marks for each
course shall be decided by the course coordinator based on rubrics of that
particular course, and shall be based on rubrics for each experiment.
7.6 Project Work-II Phase-I / Project Work-II Phase-II
7.6.1 Project work shall be assigned to a single candidate or to a group of
candidates not exceeding 4 candidates in a group. The project work is mandatory
for all the candidates.
7.6.2 The Head of the Department shall constitute review committee for project
work. There shall be two assessments by the review committee during the
semester. The candidate shall make presentation on the progress made by
him/her before the committee.
7.6.3 The continuous assessment and end semester examination marks for Project
Work-II (both Phase-I and Phase-II) and the Viva-Voce Examination shall be
distributed as below:

Continuous Assessment End Semester Examination

(Max. 50 Marks) (Max. 50 Marks)
Report
Review I Review II Evaluation Viva - Voce
Zeroth Review
(Max.. 20 Marks) (Max. 30 Marks) (Max. 20 (Max. 30 Marks)
Marks)
Rv. Guide Review Guide Review Guide Ext. Exr. Guide Exr.1 Exr.2
Com Committee Committee
(excluding (excluding
guide) guide)
0 0 10 10 15 15 20 10 10 10

7.6.4 The Project Report prepared according to approved guidelines and duly signed
by the Supervisor shall be submitted to Head of the Department. The
candidate(s) must submit the project report within the specified date as per the
academic schedule of the semester. If the project report is not submitted within
the specified date then the candidate is deemed to have failed in the Project
Work and redo it in the subsequent semester.
7.6.5 If a candidate fails to secure 50% of the continuous assessment marks in the
project work, he / she shall not be permitted to submit the report for that
particular semester and shall have to redo it in the subsequent semester and
satisfy attendance requirements.
7.6.6 The project work shall be evaluated based on the project report submitted by
the candidate in the respective semester and viva-voce examination by a
committee consisting of two examiners and guide of the project work.
7.6.7 If a candidate fails to secure 50 % of the end semester examination marks in the
project work, he / she shall be required to resubmit the project report within 30
days from the date of declaration of the results and a fresh viva-voce
examination shall be conducted as per clause 7.6.6.
7.6.8 A copy of the approved project report after the successful completion of
viva-voce examination shall be kept in the department library.
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

7.7 Project Work-I Phase-I / Industrial Training

The evaluation method shall be same as that of the Project Work-II as per clause 7.6
excluding 7.6.3, 7.6.5, 7.6.6 and 7.6.7. The marks distribution is given below:

Continuous Assessment
(Max. 100 Marks)
Review III
(Max. 50 Marks)
Review I Review II Report
Zeroth Review
(Max.. 20 Marks) (Max.. 30 Marks) Evaluation Viva – Voce
(Max. 20 (Max. 30 Marks)
Marks)
Review Guide Review Guide Review Guide Review Guide Review
Commi Committee Committee Committee Committee
ttee (excluding (excluding
guide) guide)

0 0 10 10 15 15 20 10 20
If a candidate fails to secure 50 % of the continuous assessment marks in this course, he /
she shall be required to resubmit the project report within 30 days from the date of
declaration of the results and a fresh viva-voce examination shall be conducted.

7.8 Professional Skills Training

Phase-I training shall be conducted for minimum of 80 hours in 4th semester vacation
and during 5th semester. Phase-II training shall be conducted for minimum of 80 hours in
5th semester vacation and during 6th semester. The evaluation procedure shall be
approved by Principal.

7.9 Comprehensive Test and Viva

A candidate can earn 2 credits by successfully completing this course. The evaluation
procedures shall be approved by the Principal.
7.10 Entrepreneurships/ Start ups
A start up/business model may be started by a candidate individually or by a group of
maximum of three candidates during the programme vide clause 4.3.1. The head of the
department concerned shall assign a faculty member as a mentor for each start up.

A review committee shall be formed by the Principal for reviewing the progress of the
Start ups / Business models, innovativeness, etc. The review committee can recommend
the appropriate grades for academic performance for the candidate(s) involved in the
start ups. This course shall carry a maximum of two credits in fifth semester and two
credits in sixth semester respectively and shall be evaluated through continuous
assessments for a maximum of 100 marks vide clause 7.1. A report about the start ups is
to be submitted to the review committee for evaluation for each start up and the marks
will be given to Controller of Examinations after getting approval from Principal.
7.11 Projects through Internships
Each candidate shall submit a brief report about the project through internship undergone
and a certificate issued from the organization concerned at the time of Viva-voce
examination to the review committee. The evaluation method shall be same as that of the
Project Work-II as per clause 7.6.
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

7.12 Value Added Course

Minimum of two assessments shall be conducted during the value added course duration
by the offering department concerned.

7.13 Online Course

The Board of Studies will provide methodology for the evaluation of the online courses.
The Board can decide whether to evaluate the online courses through continuous
assessment and end semester examination or through end semester examination only. In
case of credits earned through online mode from NPTEL / SWAYAM / a University /
Other Agencies approved by Chairman, Academic Council, the credits may be
transferred and grades shall be assigned accordingly.

7.14 Self Study Course

The member of faculty approved by the Head of the Department shall be responsible for
periodic monitoring and evaluation of the course. The course shall be evaluated through
continuous assessment and end semester examination. The evaluation methodology shall
be the same as that of a theory course.

7.15 Audit Course

A candidate may be permitted to register for specific course not listed in his/her
programme curriculum and without undergoing the rigors of getting a 'good' grade, as an
Audit course, subject to the following conditions.
The candidate can register only one Audit course in a semester starting from
second semester subject to a maximum of two courses during the entire programme of
study. Such courses shall be indicated as 'Audit' during the time of registration itself.
Only courses currently offered for credit to the candidates of other branches can be
audited.
A course appearing in the curriculum of a candidate cannot be considered as an audit
course. However, if a candidate has already met the Professional Elective and Open
Elective credit requirements as stipulated in the curriculum, then, a Professional Elective
or an Open Elective course listed in the curriculum and not taken by the candidate for
credit can be considered as an audit course.
Candidates registering for an audit course shall meet all the assessment and examination
requirements (vide clause 7.3) applicable for a credit candidate of that course. Only if
the candidate obtains a performance grade, the course will be listed in the semester
Grade Sheet and in the Consolidated Grade Sheet along with the grade SF (Satisfactory).
Performance grade will not be shown for the audit course.
Since an audit course has no grade points assigned, it will not be counted for the purpose
of GPA and CGPA calculations.
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

7.16 Mandatory Course

A candidate shall attend and complete the induction training program of duration three
weeks at the beginning of the first semester. It is mandatory for all candidates who have
joined in various branches of all BE/BTech programmes. No credits shall be given for
such courses and shall be evaluated through continuous assessment tests only vide clause
7.1 for a maximum of 100 marks each. Since these courses have no grade points
assigned, these courses will not be counted for the purpose of GPA and CGPA
calculations.

7.17 Yoga and Values for Holistic Development (YVHD) and Universal Human Values
(UHV)
Courses such as YVHD and UHV shall be offered to all candidates of all BE/BTech
programmes. These courses shall carry a maximum of 100 marks each and shall be
evaluated through continuous assessment tests only vide clause 7.1. The candidate(s) can
earn 2 credits for UHV and 1 credit for YVHD by successfully completing these courses.
Two continuous assessment tests will be conducted and the average marks will be taken
for the calculation of grades.
8. REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLETION OF A SEMESTER
8.1 A candidate who has fulfilled the following conditions shall be deemed to have
satisfied the requirements for completion of a semester and permitted to appear for the
examinations of that semester.
8.1.1 Ideally, every candidate is expected to attend all classes and secure 100 %
attendance. However, a candidate shall secure not less than 80 % (after
rounding off to the nearest integer) of the overall attendance taking into account
the total number of working days in a semester.
8.1.2 A candidate who could not satisfy the attendance requirements as per clause
8.1.1 due to medical reasons (hospitalization / accident / specific illness) but has
secured not less than 70 % in the current semester may be permitted to appear
for the current semester examinations with the approval of the Principal on
payment of a condonation fee as may be fixed by the authorities from time to
time. The medical certificate needs to be submitted along with the leave
application. A candidate can avail this provision only twice during the entire
duration of the degree programme.
A candidate who could not satisfy the attendance requirements as per clause
8.1.1 due to his/her entrepreneurships/ start ups activities, but has secured not
less than 60 % in the current semester can be permitted to appear for the current
semester examinations with the recommendation of review committee and
approval from the Principal.

8.1.3 In addition to clause 8.1.1 or 8.1.2, a candidate shall secure not less than 60 %
attendance in each course.
8.1.4 A candidate shall be deemed to have completed the requirements of study of any
semester only if he/she has satisfied the attendance requirements (vide clause
8.1.1 to 8.1.3) and has registered for examination by paying the prescribed fee.
8.1.5 Candidate’s progress is satisfactory.
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

8.1.6 Candidate’s conduct is satisfactory and he/she was not involved in any
indisciplined activities in the current semester.
8.2. The candidates who do not complete the semester as per clauses from 8.1.1 to 8.1.6
except 8.1.3 shall not be permitted to appear for the examinations at the end of the
semester and not be permitted to go to the next semester. They have to repeat the
incomplete semester in next academic year.
8.3 The candidates who satisfy the clause 8.1.1 or 8.1.2 but do not complete the course as
per clause 8.1.3 shall not be permitted to appear for the end semester examination of
that course alone. They have to repeat the incomplete course in the subsequent
semester when it is offered next.
9. REQUIREMENTS FOR APPEARING FOR END SEMESTER EXAMINATION
9.1 A candidate shall normally be permitted to appear for end semester examination of the
current semester if he/she has satisfied the semester completion requirements as per
clause 8, and has registered for examination in all courses of that semester. Registration
is mandatory for current semester examinations as well as for arrear examinations
failing which the candidate shall not be permitted to move on to the higher semester.
9.2 When a candidate is deputed for a National / International Sports event during End
Semester examination period, supplementary examination shall be conducted for such a
candidate on return after participating in the event within a reasonable period of time.
Such appearance shall be considered as first appearance.
9.3 A candidate who has already appeared for a course in a semester and passed the
examination is not entitled to reappear in the same course for improvement of letter
grades / marks.

10. PROVISION FOR WITHDRAWAL FROM EXAMINATIONS

10.1 A candidate may, for valid reasons, be granted permission to withdraw from appearing
for the examination in any regular course or all regular courses registered in a particular
semester. Application for withdrawal is permitted only once during the entire duration
of the degree programme.

10.2 The withdrawal application shall be valid only if the candidate is otherwise eligible to
write the examination (vide clause 9) and has applied to the Principal for permission
prior to the last examination of that semester after duly recommended by the Head of
the Department.

10.3 The withdrawal shall not be considered as an appearance for deciding the eligibility of a
candidate for First Class with Distinction/First Class.

10.4 If a candidate withdraws a course or courses from writing end semester examinations,
he/she shall register the same in the subsequent semester and write the end semester
examinations. A final semester candidate who has withdrawn shall be permitted to
appear for supplementary examination to be conducted within reasonable time as per
clause 14.

10.5 The final semester candidate who has withdrawn from appearing for project viva-voce
for genuine reasons shall be permitted to appear for supplementary viva-voce
examination within reasonable time with proper application to Controller of
Examinations and on payment of prescribed fee.
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

11. PROVISION FOR BREAK OF STUDY

11.1 A candidate is normally permitted to avail the authorised break of study under valid
reasons (such as accident or hospitalization due to prolonged ill health or any other valid
reasons) and to rejoin the programme in a later semester. He/She shall apply in advance
to the Principal, through the Head of the Department, stating the reasons therefore, in
any case, not later than the last date for registering for that semester examination.
A candidate is permitted to avail the authorised break of study only once during the
entire period of study for a maximum period of one year. However, in extraordinary
situation the candidate may apply for additional break of study not exceeding another one
year by paying prescribed fee for the break of study.

11.2 The candidates permitted to rejoin the programme after break of study / prevention due
to lack of attendance shall be governed by the rules and regulations in force at the time
of rejoining.

11.3 The candidates rejoining in new Regulations shall apply to the Principal in the
prescribed format through Head of the Department at the beginning of the readmitted
semester itself for prescribing additional/equivalent courses, if any, from any semester
of the regulations in-force, so as to bridge the curriculum in-force and the old
curriculum.

11.4 The total period of completion of the programme reckoned from the commencement of
the semester to which the candidate was admitted shall not exceed the maximum period
specified in clause 5 irrespective of the period of break of study in order to qualify for
the award of the degree.

11.5 If any candidate is prevented for want of required attendance, the period of prevention
shall not be considered as authorized break of study.

11.6 If a candidate has not reported to the college for a period of two consecutive semesters
without any intimation, the name of the candidate shall be deleted permanently from the
college enrollment. Such candidates are not entitled to seek readmission under any
circumstances.

12. PASSING REQUIREMENTS

12.1 A candidate who secures not less than 50 % of total marks (continuous assessment and
end semester examination put together) prescribed for the course with a minimum of
45 % of the marks prescribed for the end semester examination in all category of
courses vide clause 7.1 except for the courses which are evaluated based on continuous
assessment only shall be declared to have successfully passed the course in the
examination.

12.2 A candidate who secures not less than 50 % in continuous assessment marks prescribed
for the courses which are evaluated based on continuous assessment only shall be
declared to have successfully passed the course. If a candidate secures less than 50% in
the continuous assessment marks, he / she shall have to re-enroll for the same in the
subsequent semester and satisfy the attendance requirements.

12.3 For a candidate who does not satisfy the clause 12.1, the continuous assessment marks
secured by the candidate in the first attempt shall be retained and considered valid for
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

subsequent attempts. However, from the fourth attempt onwards the marks scored in the
end semester examinations alone shall be considered, in which case the candidate shall
secure minimum 50 % marks in the end semester examinations to satisfy the passing
requirements.
13. REVALUATION OF ANSWER SCRIPTS
A candidate shall apply for a photocopy of his / her semester examination answer script within
a reasonable time from the declaration of results, on payment of a prescribed fee by submitting
the proper application to the Controller of Examinations. The answer script shall be pursued and
justified jointly by a faculty member who has handled the course and the course coordinator and
recommended for revaluation. Based on the recommendation, the candidate can register for
revaluation through proper application to the Controller of Examinations. The Controller of
Examinations will arrange for revaluation and the results will be intimated to the candidate
concerned. Revaluation is permitted only for Theory courses and Theory cum Practical courses
where end semester examination is involved.
14. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATION
If a candidate fails to clear all courses in the final semester after the announcement of final end
semester examination results, he/she shall be allowed to take up supplementary examinations to
be conducted within a reasonable time for the courses of final semester alone, so that he/she
gets a chance to complete the programme.
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

15. AWARD OF LETTER GRADES

Range of % of Total Marks Letter Grade Grade Point

91 to 100 O (Outstanding) 10
81 to 90 A+ (Excellent) 9
71 to 80 A (Very Good) 8
61 to 70 B+ (Good) 7
50 to 60 B (Average) 6
Less than 50 RA (Reappear) 0
Satisfactory SF 0
Withdrawal W -
Absent AB -
Shortage of Attendance
SA -
in a course
The Grade Point Average (GPA) is calculated using the formula:
course credits  grade points  for all courses in the specific semester
GPA =
course credits  for all courses in the specific semester
The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) is calculated from first semester (third semester
for lateral entry candidates) to final semester using the formula
course credits  grade points  for all courses in all the semesters so far
CGPA=
course credits  for all courses in all the semesters so far
The GPA and CGPA are computed only for the candidates with a pass in all the courses.
The GPA and CGPA indicate the academic performance of a candidate at the end of a semester
and at the end of successive semesters respectively.
A grade sheet for each semester shall be issued containing Grade obtained in each course, GPA
and CGPA.
A duplicate copy, if required can be obtained on payment of a prescribed fee and satisfying
other procedure requirements.
Withholding of Grades: The grades of a candidate may be withheld if he/she has not cleared
his/her dues or if there is a disciplinary case pending against him/her or for any other reason.

16. ELIGIBILITY FOR THE AWARD OF DEGREE

A candidate shall be declared to be eligible for the award of the BE / BTech Degree provided
the candidate has
i. Successfully completed all the courses under the different categories, as specified in the
regulations.
ii. Successfully gained the required number of total credits as specified in the curriculum
corresponding to the candidate’s programme within the stipulated time (vide clause 5).
iii. Successfully passed any additional courses prescribed by the respective Board of Studies
whenever readmitted under regulations other than R-2020 (vide clause 11.3)
iv. No disciplinary action pending against him / her.
17. CLASSIFICATION OF THE DEGREE AWARDED
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

17.1 First Class with Distinction:

17.1.1 A candidate who qualifies for the award of the degree (vide clause 16) and
who satisfies the following conditions shall be declared to have passed
the examination in First class with Distinction:
 Should have passed the examination in all the courses of all the eight
semesters (six semesters for lateral entry candidates) in the First
Appearance within eight consecutive semesters (six consecutive
semesters for lateral entry candidates) excluding the authorized break of
study (vide clause 11) after the commencement of his / her study.
 Withdrawal from examination (vide clause 10) shall not be
considered as an appearance.
 Should have secured a CGPA of not less than 8.50
(OR)
17.1.2 A candidate who joins from other institutions on transfer and who gets
readmitted and has to move from one regulations to another regulations and
who qualifies for the award of the degree (vide clause 16) and satisfies the
following conditions shall be declared to have passed the examination
in First class with Distinction:
 Should have passed the examination in all the courses of all the
eight semesters (six semesters for lateral entry candidates) in the
First Appearance within eight consecutive semesters (six consecutive
semesters for lateral entry candidates) excluding the authorized break
of study (vide clause 11) after the commencement of his / her
study.
 Submission of equivalent course list approved by the respective
Board of studies.
 Withdrawal from examination (vide clause 10) shall not be
considered as an appearance.
 Should have secured a CGPA of not less than 9.00
17.2 First Class:
A candidate who qualifies for the award of the degree (vide clause 16) and who
satisfies the following conditions shall be declared to have passed the
examination in First class:
 Should have passed the examination in all the courses of all eight semesters (six
semesters for lateral entry candidates) within ten consecutive semesters (eight
consecutive semesters for lateral entry candidates) excluding authorized break of
study (vide clause 11) after the commencement of his / her study.
 Withdrawal from the examination (vide clause 10) shall not be considered as an
appearance.
 Should have secured a CGPA of not less than 7.00

17.3 Second Class:

All other candidates (not covered in clauses 17.1 and 17.2) who qualify for the award
of the degree (vide clause 16) shall be declared to have passed the examination in
Second Class.
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

17.4 A candidate who is absent for end semester examination in a course / project work after
having registered for the same shall be considered to have appeared for that examination
for the purpose of classification.

17.5 Honours Degree:

A candidate who qualifies for the award of the degree (vide clause 16) and who
satisfies the following conditions shall be declared to have earned the BE/BTech
degree with Honours (vide clause 16 and clause 4.2.2):
 Should have passed the examination in all the courses of all the eight
semesters (six semesters for lateral entry candidates) in the First Appearance
within eight consecutive semesters (six consecutive semesters for lateral entry
candidates) excluding the authorized break of study (vide clause 11) after the
commencement of his / her study.
 Withdrawal from examination (vide clause 10) shall not be considered as an
appearance.
 Should have secured a CGPA of not less than 8.00

18. MALPRACTICES IN TESTS AND EXAMINATIONS

If a candidate indulges in malpractice in any of the tests or end semester examinations, he/she
shall be liable for punitive action as per the examination rules prescribed by the college from
time to time.

19. AMENDMENTS
Notwithstanding anything contained in this manual, the Kongu Engineering College through the
Academic council of the Kongu Engineering College, reserves the right to modify/amend
without notice, the Regulations, Curricula, Syllabi, Scheme of Examinations, procedures,
requirements, and rules pertaining to its BE / BTech programme.
******
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

B.E. DEGREE IN MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING CURRICULUM UNDER REGULATIONS 2020

(For the candidates admitted from academic year 2020-21 onwards)

CURRICULUM BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE (for 2020-21 batches of students)

Summary of Credit Distribution

Curriculum Content (% of
Total number
Semester total number of credits of
Category of credits
the program)
I II III IV V VI VII VIII

HS 4 3 3 3 13 7.69

BS 11 11 4 4 30 17.75

ES 4 4 8 4/0 20 11.83

PC 4 4 11 9/13 13 12 3 56 33.14

PE 3 12 3 18 10.65

OE 4 4 3 3 14 8.28

EC 2 6 6 4 18 10.65

MC
Semesterwise
23 22 23 24 22 21 24 10 169 100.00
Total

CATEGORISATION OF COURSES

HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCE INCLUDING MANAGEMENT (HS)

Sl.No. Course Code Course Name L T P C Sem

1. 20EGT11 English Language Skills 3 0 0 3 I

2. 20VEC11 Yoga and Values for Holistic Development -- -- -- 1 I

3. 20EGT21 Advanced Communication Skills 3 0 0 3 II

4. 20EGL31 English for work place communication Laboratory 0 0 2 1 IV
5. 20GET31 Universal Human Values 2 0 0 2 IV
6. 20GET71 Economics and Management for Engineers 3 0 0 3 VII
Total Credits to be earned 13

BASIC SCIENCE (BS)

 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India
Sl.No. Course Code Course Name L T P C Sem

1. 20MAC11 Matrices and Differential Equations 3 1* 2* 4 I

2. 20PHT11 Applied Physics 3 0 0 3 I
3. 20CYT11 Applied Chemistry 3 0 0 3 I
4. 20PHL11 Physical Sciences Laboratory I 0 0 2 1 I
5. 20MAC21 Multivariable Calculus and Complex Analysis 3 1* 2* 4 II
6. 20PHT22 Materials Science and Metallurgy 3 0 0 3 II
7. 20CYT22 Chemistry for Mechanical Systems 3 0 0 3 II
8. 20PHL22 Physical Scieneces Laboratory II 0 0 2 1 II
9. 20MAT31 Probability and Partial Differential Equations 3 1 0 4 III
10. 20MAT41 Statistics and Numerical Methods 3 1 0 4 IV
Total Credits to be earned 30

ENGINEERING SCIENCE (ES)

Sl.No. Course Code Course Name L T P C Sem

1. 20MEC11 Engineering Drawing 2 0 2 3 I

2. 20MEL11 Engineering Practices Laboratory 0 0 2 1 I
3. 20MTT22 Electron Devices and Digital Circuits 3 0 0 3 II
4. 20MTL21 Electron Devices and Digital Circuits Laboratory 0 0 2 1 II
5. 20CSC31 Programming in C 3 0 2 4 III
6. 20MTT31 Kinematics of Machines 3 1 0 4 III
7. 20CSC41 Pyhton Programming 3 0 2 4 IV
Total Credits to be earned 20

PROFESSIONAL CORE (PC)

Sl.No. Course Course Name L T P C Domain/

Code Sem
Stream
1. 20MTT11 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 4 I PD
2. 20MTT21 Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4 II PS
3. 20MTT32 Systems and Control Engineering 3 0 0 3 III AE
4. 20MTT33 Electrical Machines 3 0 0 3 III PD
5. 20MTT34 Manufacturing Processes 3 0 0 3 III PS
6. 20MTL31 Electrical Machines and Control Laboratory 0 0 2 1 III AE
7. 20MTL32 Manufacturing Processes Laboratory 0 0 2 1 III PS
8. 20MTT41 Machine Dynamics 3 1 0 4 IV PD
9. 20MTT42 Sensors and Signal Conditioning 3 0 0 3 IV AE
10. 20MTL41 Sensors and Signal Conditioning Laboratory 0 0 2 1 IV AE
11. 20MTL42 Computer Aided Drafting Laboratory 0 0 2 1 IV PD
12. 20MTT51 CNC and Metrology 3 0 0 3 V AE
13. 20MTT52 Microcontroller Programming and Applications 3 0 0 3 V AE
14. 20MTT53 Strength of Materials 3 1 0 4 V PD
15. 20MTL51 CNC and Metrology Laboratory 0 0 2 1 V AE
16. 20MTL52 Microcontroller Programming and Applications Laboratory 0 0 2 1 V AE
17. 20MTL53 Computer Aided Engineering Laboratory 0 0 2 1 V PD
18. 20MTT61 Programmable Automation Controllers 3 0 0 3 VI AE
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India
19. 20MTT62 Mechanics of Serial Manipulator 3 0 0 3 VI AS
20. 20MTT63 Fluid Power Systems 3 0 0 3 VI PS
21. 20MTL61 Programmable Automation Controllers Laboratory 0 0 2 1 VI AE
22. 20MTL62 Robotics and Control Laboratory 0 0 2 1 VI AS
23. 20MTL63 Fluid Power Systems Laboratory 0 0 2 1 VI AE
Total Credits to be earned 56

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE (PE)

Sl.N Course L T P Domain/

Course Name C Sem
o. Code Stream

Semester V
1. 20MTE01 Design of Mechanical Elements 3 0 0 3 V PD
2. 20MTE02 Graphical System Design 3 0 0 3 V AE
3. 20MTE03 Power Electronics and Drives 3 0 0 3 V AE
4. 20MTE04 Introduction to Industrial Internet of Things 3 0 0 3 V AE
5. 20MTE05 Operations Research 3 0 0 3 V PE
6. 20MTE06 Advanced Control Theory 3 0 0 3 V AS
Semester VII
7. 20MTE07 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 0 0 3 VII PD
8. 20MTE08 Machine Drawing 3 0 0 3 VII PD
9. 20MTE09 Precision Equipment Design 3 0 0 3 VII PD
10. 20MTE10 Embedded Programming for Mechatronics 3 0 0 3 VII AE
11. 20MTE11 Machine Learning 3 0 0 3 VII AS
12. 20MTE12 Automotive Engineering 3 0 0 3 VII AE
Semester VII
13. 20MTE13 Fundamentals of Research 3 0 0 3 VII GE
14. 20MTE14 Computer Integrated Manufacturing 3 0 0 3 VII PE
15. 20MTE15 Precision Manufacturing 3 0 0 3 VII PE
16. 20MTE16 Process Control and Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 VII AE
17. 20MTE17 Cyber Physical Systems 3 0 0 3 VII AE
18. 20MTE18 Optimal and Adaptive Control 3 0 0 3 VII AS
Semester VII
19. 20MTE19 Machine Tool Control and Condition Monitoring 3 0 0 3 VII PE
20. 20MTE20 Applied Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3 VII PD
21. 20MTE21 Additive Manufacturing 3 0 0 3 VII PE
22. 20MTE22 Industrial Automation Protocols 3 0 0 3 VII AE
23. 20MTE23 Robot Programming 3 0 0 3 VII AS
24. 20MTE24 Battery Management System 3 0 0 3 VII PS
Semester VII
25. 20MTE25 Maintenance Engineering 3 0 0 3 VII PE
26. 20MTE26 Automotive Electronics 3 0 0 3 VII AE
27. 20MTE27 Micro Electro Mechanical Systems 3 0 0 3 VII PD
28. 20MTE28 Mobile Robotics 3 0 0 3 VII AS
29. 20MTE29 Drone Technology 3 0 0 3 VII AS
30. 20MTE30 Total Quality Management 3 0 0 3 VII GE
Semester VIII
31. 20MTE31 Avionics 3 0 0 3 VIII
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India
32. 20MTE32 Product Design and Development 3 0 0 3 VIII PD
33. 20MTE33 Production Management 3 0 0 3 VIII PE
34. 20MTE34 Nanoscience and Technology 3 0 0 3 VIII PD
35. 20MTE35 Principles of Farm Machineries 3 0 0 3 VIII PS
Total Credits to be earned 18
* Domain/Stream Abbreviations: AE- Automation Engineering, AS – Autonomous Systems, PD – Product Design, PS –
Production System, GE – General Engineering

OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES OFFERED TO OTHER DEPARTMENTS (OE)

(Common to all departments except offering department)

Hours/Week
S.No. Course Code Course Title Credit Sem
L T P

1 20MTO01 Design of Mechatronics Systems 3 1 0 4 IV

2 20MTO02 Factory Automation 3 0 2 4 V
3 20MTO03 Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation 3 0 2 4 V
4 20GEO04 Innovation and Business Model Development 3 1 0 4 V
5 20MTO04 3D Printing and Design 3 0 0 3 VI
6 20MTO05 Drone System Technology 3 0 0 3 VI
7 20GEO11 Entrepreneurship Development 3 0 0 3 VI
8 20MTO06 Robotics 3 0 0 3 VIII
9 20MTO07 Virtual and Augment Reality in Industry 4.0 3 0 0 3 VIII

OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES OFFERED BY OTHER DEPARTMENTS (OE)

Course Offering
S.No. Course Title L T P C
Code Dept.
SEMESTER - IV
1 20CEO01 Remote Sensing and its Applications 3 0 2 4 CIVIL
2 20MEO01 Renewable Energy Sources 3 0 2 4 MECH
3 20AUO01 Automotive Engineering 3 0 2 4 AUTO
4 20ECO01 Wearable Technology 3 1 0 4 ECE
5 20ECO02 Basics of Electronics in Automation Appliances 3 1 0 4 ECE
6 20ECO03 Principles of Quantum Computing 3 0 2 4 ECE
7 20EEO01 Solar and Wind Energy Systems 3 1 0 4 EEE
8 20EEO02 Electrical Wiring and Lighting 3 1 0 4 EEE
9 20EEO03 Electrical Safety 3 1 0 4 EEE
10 20EIO01 Digital Image Processing and Its Applications 3 1 0 4 EIE
11 20CSO01 Fundamentals of Databases 3 0 2 4 CSE
12 20CSO02 Python Programming and Frameworks 3 0 2 4 CSE
13 20ITO01 Artificial Intelligence 3 1 0 4 IT
14 20ITO02 Web Technologies 3 1 0 4 IT
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

15 20ITO03 Introduction to Operating Systems 3 1 0 4 IT

16 20ITO04 Programming in Python 3 1 0 4 IT
17 20CHO01 Drugs and Pharmaceuticals Technology 3 1 0 4 CHEM
18 20CHO02 Process Automation 3 1 0 4 CHEM
19 20FTO01 Baking Technology 3 0 2 4 FT
20 20FTO02 Food Processing Technology 3 1 0 4 FT
21 20CDO01 Fundamentals of User Experience Design 3 1 0 4 CSD
22 20ADO01 Data Warehousing and Data Mining 3 0 2 4 AIDS
23 20ALO01 Business Intelligence 3 1 0 4 AIML
24 20PHO01 Thin Film Technology 3 1 0 4 PHY
25 20CYO01 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 3 1 0 4 CHEMIS
SEMESTER - V

26 20CEO02 Disaster Management 3 1 0 4 CIVIL

27 20MEO02 Design of Experiments 3 0 2 4 MECH

28 20AUO02 Automotive Electronics 3 0 2 4 AUTO

29 20ECO04 PCB Design and Fabrication 3 0 2 4 ECE

30 20EEO04 Energy Conservation and Management 3 1 0 4 EEE

31 20EIO02 Industrial Automation 3 1 0 4 EIE

32 20EIO03 Measurements and Instrumentation 3 1 0 4 EIE

33 20CSO03 Computational Science for Engineers 3 1 0 4 CSE

34 20CSO04 Formal Languages and Automata 3 1 0 4 CSE

35 20ITO05 Data Science 3 1 0 4 IT

36 20ITO06 Advanced Java Programming 3 1 0 4 IT

37 20CHO03 Renewable Bioenergy Resources 3 1 0 4 CHEM

38 20CHO04 Intelligent Controllers 3 1 0 4 CHEM

39 20FTO03 Processing of Milk and Milk Products 3 0 2 4 FT

40 20FTO04 Processing of Fruits and Vegetables 3 0 2 4 FT

41 20CDO02 Fundamentals of User Interactive Design 3 0 2 4 CSD

42 20ADO02 Computer Vision 3 0 2 4 AIDS
43 20ALO02 Data Exploration and Visualization Techniques 3 0 2 4 AIML
44 20PHO02 High Energy Storage Devices 3 0 0 3 PHY

45 20CYO02 Corrosion Science and Engineering 3 1 0 4 CHEMIS

46 20CYO03 Chemistry of Cosmetics in Daily Life 3 1 0 4 CHEMIS

47 20CYO04 Chemistry of Nutrition for Women Health 3 1 0 4 CHEMIS

48 20MAO01 Mathematical Foundations for Machine Learning 3 1 0 4 MATHS
49 20MAO02 Graph Theory and its Applications 3 1 0 4 MATHS
SEMESTER - VI

50 20CEO03 Introduction to Smart Cities 3 0 0 3 CIVIL

Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

51 20CEO04 Environmental Health and Safety 3 0 0 3 CIVIL

52 20MEO03 Fundamentals of Ergonomics 3 0 0 3 MECH

53 20MEO04 Principles of Management and Industrial Psychology 3 0 0 3 MECH

54 20AUO03 Vehicle Maintenance 3 0 0 3 AUTO

55 20ECO05 Electronic Hardware and Troubleshooting 2 0 2 3 ECE
56 20ECO06 Bioinspired Computing Technologies 2 0 2 3 ECE

57 20EEO05 Micro Grid and Smart Grid 3 0 0 3 EEE

58 20EEO06 E-Waste Management 3 0 0 3 EEE

59 20EIO04 Biomedical Instrumentation and Applications 3 0 0 3 EIE

60 20EIO05 PLC Programming and Its Applications 3 0 0 3 EIE

61 20EIO06 Instrumentation for Industry 4.0 3 0 0 3 EIE
62 20CSO05 Java Programming 2 0 2 3 CSE

63 20CSO06 Web Engineering 2 0 2 3 CSE

64 20CSO07 Nature Inspired Optimization Techniques 3 0 0 3 CSE

65 20ITO07 Bio Natural Language Processing 3 0 0 3 IT

66 20ITO08 Disaster Management for Information Technology 3 0 0 3 IT

67 20CHO05 Food as Medicine 3 0 0 3 CHEM

68 20CHO06 Organic Farming 3 0 0 3 CHEM

69 20FTO05 Principles of Food Safety 3 0 0 3 FT

70 20FTO06 Fundamentals of Food Packaging and Storage 3 0 0 3 FT

71 20CDO03 Introduction to Mobile Game Design 3 0 0 3 CSD

72 20ADO03 Neural Networks and Deep Learning 3 0 0 3 AIDS

73 20ALO03 Industrial Machine Learning 3 0 0 3 AIML

74 20PHO03 Structural and Optical Characterization of Materials 3 0 0 3 PHY

75 20CYO05 Chemistry Concepts for Competitive Examinations 3 0 0 3 CHEMIS

76 20CYO06 Waste and Hazardous Waste Management 3 0 0 3 CHEMIS

77 20MAO03 Data Analytics using R Programming 3 0 2 4 MATHS

78 20MAO04 Number Theory and Cryptography 3 1 0 4 MATHS

SEMESTER - VIII

79 20CEO05 Infrastructure Planning and Management 3 0 0 3 CIVIL

80 20CEO06 Environmental Laws and Policy 3 0 0 3 CIVIL

81 20MEO05 Safety Measures for Engineers 3 0 0 3 MECH

82 20MEO06 Energy Conservation in Thermal Equipments 3 0 0 3 MECH

83 20AUO04 Public Transport Management 3 0 0 3 AUTO

84 20AUO05 Autonomous Vehicles 3 0 0 3 AUTO
85 20ECO07 Optical Engineering 3 0 0 3 ECE
86 20EEO07 Electric Vehicle 3 0 0 3 EEE
87 20EIO07 Graphical Programming using Virtual Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 EIE
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

88 20EIO08 Testing of Materials 3 0 0 3 EIE

89 20CSO08 Fundamentals of Internet of Things 3 0 0 3 CSE

90 20CSO09 Machine Translation 3 0 0 3 CSE

91 20CSO10 Fundamentals of Blockchain 3 0 0 3 CSE

92 20ITO09 Modern Application Development 3 0 0 3 IT
93 20ITO10 Object Oriented System Development using UML 3 0 0 3 IT

94 20ITO11 Reinforcement Learning 3 0 0 3 IT

95 20CHO07 Cosmetics and Personal Health Care Products 3 0 0 3 CHEM

96 20CHO08 Brewing and Alcohol Technology 3 0 0 3 CHEM

97 20FTO07 Food Ingredients 3 0 0 3 FT

98 20FTO08 Food and Nutrition 3 0 0 3 FT
99 20CDO04 Introduction to Graphics Design 3 0 0 3 CSD

100 20ADO04 Business Analytics 3 0 0 3 AIDS

101 20ALO04 Machine Learning for Smart Cities 3 0 0 3 AIML

102 20MAO05 Advanced Linear Algebra 3 0 0 3 MATHS

103 20MAO06 Optimization Techniques 3 0 0 3 MATHS

 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India
GENERAL OPEN ELECTIVE
(Common to All BE/BTech branches)

S.No. Course Code Course Title L T P C Offering Dept. Semester

1 20GEO01 German Language Level 1 4 0 0 4 IV/V/VII/VIII ECE

2 20GEO02 Japanese Language Level 1 4 0 0 4 IV/V/VII/VIII ECE

3 20GEO03 Design Thinking for Engineers 3 1 0 4 V CSE

4 20GEO04 Innovation and Business Model Development 3 1 0 4 V MTS

5 20GEO05 German Language Level 2 4 0 0 4 IV/V/VII/VIII ECE

6 20GEO06 German Language Level 3 3 0 0 3 IV/V/VII/VIII ECE

7 20GEO07 German Language Level 4 3 0 0 3 IV/V/VII/VIII ECE

8 20GEO08 Japanese Language Level 2 4 0 0 4 IV/V/VII/VIII ECE

9 20GEO09 Japanese Language Level 3 3 0 0 3 IV/V/VII/VIII ECE

10 20GEO10 Japanese Language Level 4 3 0 0 3 IV/V/VII/VIII ECE

11 20GEO11 NCC Studies (Army Wing) - I 3 0 2 4 V/VI EEE

12 20GEO12 NCC Studies (Air Wing) - I 3 0 2 4 V/VI IT

13 20GEO13 French Language Level 1 4 0 0 4 IV/V/VII/VIII ECE

14 20GEO14 French Language Level 2 4 0 0 4 IV/V/VII/VIII ECE

15 20GEO15 French Language Level 3 3 0 0 3 IV/V/VII/VIII ECE

16 20GEO16 Spanish Language Level 1 4 0 0 4 IV/V/VII/VIII ECE

17 20GEO17 Spanish Language Level 2 4 0 0 4 IV/V/VII/VIII ECE

18 20GEO18 Spanish Language Level 3 3 0 0 3 IV/V/VII/VIII ECE

19 20GEO19 Entrepreneurship Development 3 0 0 3 VIII MTS

Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

KEC R2020: SCHEDULING OF COURSES – BE (Mechatronics Engineering) Total Credits: 169

Course1
Se
m.

Course1 Course2 Course3 Course4 Course5 Course6 Course7 Course8 Course9 Course11 Credits
0
I 20EGT11 20MAC11 20PHT11 20CYT11 20MEC11 20MTT11 20MEL11 20PHL11 20VEC11 23
English Language Matrices & Applied Applied Engineering Drawing Engineering Engineering Physical Yoga and Values for
Skills Differential Physics Chemistry (3-0-2-3) Mechanics Practices Sciences Holistic
(3-0-0-3) Equations (3-0-2*-3.5) (3-0-2*-3.5) (3-1-0-4) Laboratory Laboratory I Development
(3-1*-2*-4) (0-0-2-1) (0-0-2-1) (1-0-1-1)
II 20EGT21 Advanced 20MAC21 20PHT22 20CYT22 20MTT21/20CSC31 20MTT22 20MTL21 20PHL22 22
Communication Multivariable Materials Chemistry Fluid Mechanics & Electron Devices Electron Devices Physical
Skills (3-0- Calculus & Science and for Thermodynamics/ &Digital Circuits &Digital Circuits Sciences
0-3) Complex Metallurgy Mechanical Programming in C (3- (3-0-0-3) Laboratory Laboratory I
Analysis (3-0-0-3) Systems 1-0-4)/(3-0-2-4) (0-0-2-1) (0-0-2-1)
(3-1*-2*-4) (3-0-0-3)
III 20MAT31 20CSC31/20CS 20MTT31 20MTT32 20MTT33 20MTT34 20MTL31 20MTL32 20MNT31 23
Probability &Partial C41 Kinematics Systems Electrical Machines Manufacturing Electrical Manufacturing Environmental
Differential Programming of Machines &Control (3-0-0-3) Processes Machines & Processes Science
Equations in C/Python (3-1-0-4) Engineering (3-0-0-3) Control Laboratory (2-0-0-0)
(3-1*-0-4) Programming (3-0-0-3) Laboratory (0-0-2-1)
(3-0-2-4) (0-0-2-1)
IV 20CSC41/20MTT21 20MAT41 20MTT41 20MTT42 20MTT43 Open Elective I 20MTL42 20MTL32 20GET41 21
Python Statistics & Machine Sensors & Sensors & Signal (3-1-0-4)/ Computer Aided English for Work Universal Human
Programming/ Fluid Numerical Dynamics Signal Conditioning (3-0-2-4) Drafting Place Values (2-0-0-2)
Mechanics & Methods (3-1-0-4) Conditioning Laboratory (0- Laboratory Communication
Thermodynamics (3-1-0-4) (3-0-0-3) 0-2-1) (0-0-2-1) Laboratory
(3-0-2-4)/(3-1-0-4) (0-0-2-1)
V 20MTT51 20MTT52 20MTT53 Professional Open Elective II 20MTL51 20MTL52 Micro 20MTL53 20GEL51/20GEI51 21
CNC and Metrology Micro Strength of Elective I (3-1-0-4)/ (3-0-2-4) CNC and controller Computer Aided Professional Skills I /
(3-0-0-3) controller Materials (3-0-0-3) Metrology Programming Engineering Industrial Training I
Programming (3-1-0-4) Laboratory and Applications Laboratory (0-0-0-2)
and (0-0-2-1) Lab (0-0-2-1) (0-0-2-1)
Applications
(3-0-0-3)
VI 20MTT61 20MTT62 20MTT63 Open 20MTL61 20MTL62 20MTL63 18MTL63 20GEL61/20GEI61 20MTP61 20GEP61 21
Programmable Mechanics of Fluid Power Elective III Programmable Robotics and Fluid Power Graphical Professional Skills II Project Comprehensi
Automation Serial System (3-0-0-3) Automation Control Systems System Design / Industrial Training Work I ve Test/Viva
Controllers Manipulator (3-0-0-3) Controllers Lab (0-0-2-1) Laboratory Laboratory II (0-0-4-2) (0-0-0-2)
(3-0-0-3) (3-0-0-3) Lab (0-0-2-1) (0-0-2-1) (0-0-2-1) (0-0-2-1)

VII 20GET71 20MTT71 Professional Professional Professional Elective Professional 20MTP71 24

Economics and Machine Elective II Elective III IV Elective V Project Work 2
Management for Vision& Image (3-0-0-3) (3-0-0-3) (3-0-0-3) (3-0-0-3) Phase II
Engineers Processing (0-0-12-6)
(3-0-0-3) (3-0-0-3)
VIII Open Professional 20MTP81 20
Elective IV Elective VI Project
(3-0-0-3) (3-0-0-3) Work 2
Phase II
(0-0-8-4)
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India
COURSE MAPPING WITH PO & PSO

Course
Sem. Course Title PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
Code
1 20EGT11 English Language Skills     
1 20MAC11 Matrices and Differential Equations     
1 20PHT11 Applied Physics   
1 20CYT11 Applied Chemistry    
1 20MEC11 Engineering Drawing         
1 20MTT11 Engineering Mechanics      
1 20MEL11 Engineering Practices Laboratory        
1 20PHL11 Physical Sciences Laboratory I 
1 20VEC11 Yoga and Values for Holistic Development    
2 20EGT21 Advanced Communication Skills     
2 20MAC21 Multivariable Calculus and Complex Analysis    
2 20PHT22 Materials Science and Metallurgy   
2 20CYT22 Chemistry for Mechanical Systems    
2 20MTT21 Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics           
2 20MTT22 Electron Devices and Digital Circuits       
2 20PHL22 Physical Sciences Laboratory II 
2 20MTL21 Electron Devices and Digital Circuits Laboratory         
3 20MAT31 Probaility and Partial Differential Equations   
3 20CSC31 Programming in C        
3 20MTT31 Kinematics of Machines       
3 20MTT32 Systems and Control Engineering        
3 20MTT33 Electrical Machines        
3 20MTT34 Manufacturing Processes       
3 20MTL31 Electrical Machines and Control Laboratory          
3 20MTL32 Manufacturing Processes Laboratory         
3 20MNT31 Environmental Science       
4 20MAT41 Statistics and Numerical Methods    
4 20CSC41 Python Programming    
4 20MTT41 Machine Dynamics        
4 20MTT42 Sensors and Signal Conditioning      
4 20MTL41 Sensors and Signal Conditioning Laboratory          
4 20MTL42 Computer Aided Drafting Laboratory          
4 20EGL31 English for work place communication   
4 20GET41 Universal Human Values     
5 20MTT51 CNC and Metrology        
5 20MTT52 Microcontroller Programming and Applications        
5 20MTT53 Strength of Materials       
5 20MTL51 CNC and Metrology Laboratory           
20MTL52 Microcontroller Programming and Applications        
5 
Laboratory
Course
Sem. Course Title PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
Code
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India
5 20MTL53 Computer Aided Engineering Laboratory          
20GEL51/ Professional Skills Training 1 /        
5
20GEI51 Industrial Training 1
6 20MTT61 Programmable Automation Controllers          
6 20MTT62 Mechanics of Serial Manipulator        
6 20MTT63 Fluid Power Systems           
6 20MTL61 Programmable Automation Controllers Laboratory             
6 20MTL62 Robotics and Control Laboratory          
6 20MTL63 Fluid Power Systems Laboratory           
20GEL61/        
6 Professional Skills Training II / Industrial Training II
20GEI61
6 20MTP61 Project Work I              
6 20GEP61 Comprehensive Test / Viva              
7 20GET71 Engineering Economics and Management            
7 20MTT71 Machine Vision and Image Processing        
7 20MTP71 Project Work 2 Phase I              
7 20MTP81 Project work 2 Phase II              

Course
Sem. Course Title PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO 10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO 2
Code
Professional Elective
5 20MTE01 Design of Mechanical Elements        
5 20MTE02 Graphical System Design          
5 20MTE03 Power Electronics Drives       
5 20MTE04 Introduction to Industrial Internet of Things        
5 20MTE05 Operations Research         
5 20MTE06 Advanced Control Theory         
6 20MTE07 Heat and Mass Transfer       
6 20MTE08 Machine Drawing       
6 20MTE09 Precision Equipment Design        
6 20MTE10 Embedded Programming for Mechatronics        
6 20MTE11 Machine Learning        
6 20MTE12 Automotive Engineering           
7 20MTE13 Fundamentals of Research              
7 20MTE14 Computer Integrated Manufacturing        
7 20MTE15 Precision Manufacturing          
7 20MTE16 Process Control and Instrumentation        
7 20MTE17 Cyber Physical Systems        
7 20MTE18 Optimal and Adaptive Control        
7 20MTE19 Machine Tool Control and Condition Monitoring         
7 20MTE20 Applied Finite Element Method        
7 20MTE21 Additive Manufacturing         
7 20MTE22 Industrial Automation Protocols        
7 20MTE23 Robot Programming        
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India
7 20MTE24 Battery Management System         
7 20MTE25 Maintenance Engineering        
7 20MTE26 Automotive Electronics           
7 20MTE27 Micro Electro Mechanical Systems        
7 20MTE28 Mobile Robotics        
7 20MTE29 Drone Technology            
7 20MTE30 Total Quality Management              
8 20MTE31 Avionics         
8 20MTE32 Product Design and Development              
8 20MTE33 Production Management         
8 20MTE34 Nanoscience and Technology        
8 20MTE35 Principles of Farm Machineries       
Open Elective
4 20MTO01 Design of Mechatronics Systems        
5 20MTO02 Factory Automation           
5 20MTO03 Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation          
5 20GEO04 Innovation and Business Model Development              
6 20MTO04 3d Printing and Design         
6 20MTO05 Drone System Technology         
6 20GEO05 Entrepreneurship Development              
8 20MTO06 Robotics        
8 20MTO07 Augmented and Virtual Reality         

Course
Sem. Course Title PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
Code
OPEN ELECTIVE

4 20CEO01 Remote Sensing and its Applications       

4 20MEO01 Renewable Energy Sources      
4 20MTO01 Design of Mechatronics Systems      
4 20AUO01 Automotive Engineering      
4 20ECO01 Wearable Technology       
4 20ECO02 Basics of Electronics in Automation Appliances         
4 20ECO03 Principles of Quantum Computing        
4 20EEO01 Solar and Wind Energy Systems    
4 20EEO02 Electrical Wiring and Lighting     
4 20EEO03 Electrical Safety   
4 20EIO01 Digital Image Processing and Its Applications     
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India
4 20CSO01 Fundamentals of Databases     
4 20CSO02 Python Programming and Frameworks
4 20ITO01 Artificial Intelligence    
4 20ITO02 Web Technologies   
4 20ITO03 Introduction to Operating Systems    
4 20ITO04 Programming in Python   
4 20CHO01 Drugs and Pharmaceuticals Technology     
4 20CHO02 Process Automation    
4 20FTO01 Baking Technology          
4 20FTO02 Food Processing Technology     
4 20CDO01 Fundamentals of User Experience Design       
4 20ADO01 Data Warehousing and Data Mining   
4 20ALO01 Business Intelligence   
4 20PHO01 Thin Film Technology   
4 20CYO01 Instrumental Methods of Analysis    
Course
Sem. Course Title PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
Code
5 20CEO02 Disaster Management      
5 20MEO02 Design of Experiments      
5 20MTO02 Factory Automation         
5 20MTO03 Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation        
5 20AUO02 Automotive Electronics        
5 20ECO04 PCB Design and Fabrication        
5 20EEO04 Energy Conservation and Management    
5 20EIO02 Industrial Automation     
5 20EIO03 Measurements and Instrumentation     
5 20CSO03 Computational Science for Engineers   
5 20CSO04 Formal Languages and Automata   
5 20ITO05 Data Science    
5 20ITO06 Advanced Java Programming   
5 20CHO03 Renewable Bioenergy Resources     
5 20CHO04 Intelligent Controllers    
5 20FTO03 Processing of Milk and Milk Products         
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India
5 20FTO04 Processing of Fruits and Vegetables         
5 20CDO02 Fundamentals of User Interactive Design   
5 20ADO02 Computer Vision     
Data Exploration and Visualization
5 20ALO02     
Techniques
5 20PHO02 High Energy Storage Devices   
5 20CYO02 Corrosion Science and Engineering    
5 20CYO03 Chemistry of Cosmetics in Daily Life   
5 20CYO04 Chemistry of Nutrition for Women Health   
Mathematical Foundations for Machine
5 20MAO01    
Learning
5 20MAO02 Graph Theory and its Applications   
Course
PO1 PO2
Sem. Code Course Title PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
PO3

6 20CEO03 Introduction to Smart Cities   

6 20CEO04 Environmental Health and Safety    
6 20MEO03 Fundamentals of Ergonomics        
Principles of Management and Industrial
6 20MEO04     
Psychology
6 20MTO04 3D Printing and Design       
6 20MTO05 Drone System Technology       
6 20MTO06 Virtual and Augument Reality in Industry 4.0
6 20AUO03 Vehicle Maintenance     
6 20ECO05 Electronic Hardware and Troubleshooting      
6 20ECO06 Bioinspired Computing Technologies     
6 20EEO05 Micro Grid and Smart Grid    
6 20EEO06 E-Waste Management    
6 20EIO04 Biomedical Instrumentation and Applications      
6 20EIO05 PLC Programming and Its Applications     
6 20EIO06 Instrumentation for Industry 4.0     
6 20CSO05 Java Programming     
6 20CSO06 Web Engineering     
6 20CSO07 Nature Inspired Optimization Techniques   
6 20ITO07 Bio Natural Language Processing    
Disaster Management for Information
6 20ITO08    
Technology
6 20CHO05 Food as Medicine      
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India
6 20CHO06 Organic Farming        
6 20FTO05 Principles of Food Safety        
Fundamentals of Food Packaging and
6 20FTO06       
Storage
6 20CDO03 Introduction to Mobile Game Design   
6 20ADO03 Neural Networks and Deep Learning   
6 20ALO03 Industrial Machine Learning   
Course
PO1 PO2
Sem. Code Course Title PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
PO3

Structural and Optical Characterization of

6 20PHO03   
Materials
Chemistry Concepts for Competitive
6 20CYO05   
Examinations
6 20CYO06 Waste and Hazardous Waste Management     
6 20MAO03 Data Analytics using R Programming     
6 20MAO04 Number Theory and Cryptography    
8 20CEO05 Infrastructure Planning and Management   
8 20CEO06 Environmental Laws and Policy    
8 20MEO05 Safety Measures for Engineers     

8 20MEO06 Energy Conservation in Thermal Equipments  

8 20MTO06 Robotics      
8 20MTO07 Virtual and Augment Reality in Industry 4.0       
8 20AUO04 Public Transport Management         
8 20AUO05 Autonomous Vehicles   
8 20ECO07 Optical Engineering        
8 20EEO07 Electric Vehicle    
Graphical Programming using Virtual
8 20EIO07     
Instrumentation
8 20EIO08 Testing of Materials     
8 20CSO08 Fundamentals of Internet of Things    
8 20CSO09 Machine Translation   
8 20CSO10 Fundamentals of Blockchain   
8 20ITO09 Modern Application Development    
Object Oriented System Development using
8 20ITO10    
UML
8 20ITO11 Reinforcement Learning    
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India
Cosmetics and Personal Health Care
8 20CHO07     
Products
8 20CHO08 Brewing and Alcohol Technology  
8 20FTO07 Food Ingredients     
Course
Sem. Code Course Title PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

8 20FTO08 Food and Nutrition     

8 20CDO04 Introduction to Graphics Design   
8 20ADO04 Business Analytics   
8 20ALO04 Machine Learning for Smart Cities   
8 20MAO05 Advanced Linear Algebra   
8 20MAO06 Optimization Techniques   
GENERAL OPEN ELECTIVE
4,5,6,
20GEO01 German Language Level 1    
8
4,5,6,
20GEO02 Japanese Language Level 1    
8
5 20GEO03 Design Thinking for Engineers   
6 20GEO04 Innovation and Business Model Development            
4,5,6,
20GEO05 German Language Level 2    
8
4,5,6,
20GEO06 German Language Level 3    
8
4,5,6,
20GEO07 German Language Level 4    
8
4,5,6,
20GEO08 Japanese Language Level 2    
8
4,5,6,
20GEO09 Japanese Language Level 3    
8
4,5,6,
20GEO10 Japanese Language Level 4    
8
4,5,6,
20GEO11 NCC Studies (Army Wing) - I          
8
4,5,6,
20GEO12 NCC Studies (Air Wing) - I          
8
4,5,6,
20GEO13 French Language Level 1    
8
4,5,6,
20GEO14 French Language Level 2    
8
4,5,6,
20GEO15 French Language Level 3    
8
4,5,6,
20GEO16 Spanish Language Level 1    
8
4,5,6,
20GEO17 Spanish Language Level 2    
8
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India
4,5,6,
20GEO18 Spanish Language Level 3    
8
8 20GEO19 Entrepreneurship Development            
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

B.E. MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING CURRICULUM – R2020

(For the students admitted in the academic year 2020-21)

SEMESTER – I

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
20EGT11 English Language Skills 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 HS
20MAC11 Matrices and Differential Equations 3 1 2 4 50 50 100 BS
20PHT11 Applied Physics 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 BS
20CYT11 Applied Chemistry 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 BS
20MTT11 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 4 50 50 100 PC
20MEC11 Engineering Drawing 2 0 2 3 50 50 100 ES
Practical / Employability Enhancement
20MEL11 Engineering Practices Laboratory 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 ES
20PHL11 Physical Sciences Laboratory I 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 BS
20VEC11 Yoga and Values for Holistic Development -- -- -- 1 100 0 100 HS
20MNT11 Student Induction Program 0 100 0 100 MC
Total Credits to be earned 23

SEMESTER – II

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
20EGT21 Advanced Communication Skills 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 HS
20MAC21 Multivariable Calculus and Complex Analysis 3 1 2 4 50 50 100 BS
20PHT22 Materials Science and Metallurgy 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 BS
20CYT22 Chemistry for Mechanical Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 BS
20MTT21 Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4 50 50 100 PC
20MTT22 Electron Devices and Digital Circuits 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 ES
Practical / Employability Enhancement
20MTL21 Electron Devices and Digital Circuits Laboratory 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 ES
20PHL22 Physical Sciences Laboratory II 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 BS
Total Credits to be earned 22
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

B.E. MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING CURRICULUM – R2020

(For the students admitted in the academic year 2020-21)

SEMESTER – III

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code L T P CA ESE Total gory

Theory/Theory with Practical

20CSC31 Programming in C 3 0 2 4 50 50 100 ES
20MAT31 Probability and Partial Differential Equations 3 1 0 4 50 50 100 BS
20MTT31 Kinematics of Machines 3 1 0 4 50 50 100 ES
20MTT32 Systems and Control Engineering 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
20MTT33 Electrical Machines 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
20MTT34 Manufacturing Processes 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
Practical / Employability Enhancement
20MTL31 Electrical Machines and Control Laboratory 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 PC
20MTL32 Manufacturing Processes Laboratory 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 PC
20MNT31 Environmental Science 2 0 0 0 100 0 100 MC
Total Credits to be earned 23

SEMESTER – IV

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
20CSC41 Python Programming 3 0 2 4 50 50 100 ES
20MAT41 Statistics and Numerical Methods 3 1 0 4 50 50 100 BS
20MTT41 Machine Dynamics 3 1 0 4 50 50 100 PC
20MTT42 Sensors and Signal Conditioning 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
Open Elective 1 3 1/0 0/2 4 50 50 100 OE
Practical / Employability Enhancement
20MTL41 Sensors and Signal Conditioning Laboratory 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 PC
20MTL42 Computer Aided Drafting Laboratory 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 PC
20EGL31 English for work place communication 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 HS
20GET41 Universal Human Values 2 0 0 2 50 50 100 HS
Total Credits to be earned 24
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

B.E. MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING CURRICULUM – R2020

(For the students admitted in the academic year 2020-21)

SEMESTER – V

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
20MTT51 CNC and Metrology 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
20MTT52 Microcontroller Programming and Applications 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
20MTT53 Strength of Materials 3 1 0 4 50 50 100 PC
Professional Elective 1 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Open Elective 2 3 1/0 0/2 4 50 50 100 OE
Practical / Employability Enhancement
20MTL51 CNC and Metrology Laboratory 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 PC
Microcontroller Programming and Applications
20MTL52 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 PC
Laboratory
20MTL53 Computer Aided Engineering Laboratory 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 PC
Professional Skills Training 1 /
20GEL51 -- -- -- 2 50 50 100 EC
Industrial Training 1*
Total Credits to be earned 22
*80 hours of training

SEMESTER – VI

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
20MTT61 Programmable Automation Controllers 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
20MTT62 Mechanics of Serial Manipulator 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
20MTT63 Fluid Power Systems 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
Open Elective 3 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 OE
Practical / Employability Enhancement
Programmable Automation Controllers
20MTL61 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 PC
Laboratory
20MTL62 Robotics and Control Laboratory 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 PC
20MTL63 Fluid Power Systems Laboratory 0 0 2 1 50 50 100 PC
20GEL61/ Professional Skills Training 2 /
-- -- -- 2 100 0 100 EC
20GEI61 Industrial Training 2 *
20MTP61 Project Work I 0 0 4 2 50 50 100 EC
20GEP61 Comprehensive Test and Viva -- -- -- 2 100 0 100 EC
Total Credits to be earned 21
*80 hours of training
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

B.E. MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING CURRICULUM – R2020

(For the students admitted in the academic year 2020-21)

SEMESTER – VII

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
20GET71 Engineering Economics and Management 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 HS
20MTT71 Machine Vision and Image Processing 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PC
Professional Elective-II 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Professional Elective-III 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Professional Elective-IV 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Professional Elective-V 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Practical / Employability Enhancement
20MTP71 Project Work-II Phase-I 0 0 12 6 50 50 100 EC
Total Credits to be earned 24

SEMESTER – VIII

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
Professional Elective 6 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 PE
Open Elective 4 3 0 0 3 50 50 100 OE
Practical / Employability Enhancement
20MTP81 Project work 2 Phase II $ 0 0 8 4 50 50 100 EC
Total Credits to be earned 10

Total Credits : 169

 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

B.E. MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING CURRICULUM – R2020

(with the inclusion of Amendment No.2022.18.07)
(For the students admitted in the academic year 2021-22)

SEMESTER – I

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
20EGT11 English Language Skills 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 HS
20MAC11 Matrices and Differential Equations 3 1* 2* 4 50 50 100 BS
20PHT11 Applied Physics 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 BS
20CYT11 Applied Chemistry 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 BS
20MTT11 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 4 40 60 100 PC
20MEC11 Engineering Drawing 2 0 2 3 40 60 100 ES
Practical / Employability Enhancement
20MEL11 Engineering Practices Laboratory 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 ES
20PHL11 Physical Sciences Laboratory I 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 BS
20VEC11 Yoga and Values for Holistic Development -- -- -- 1 100 0 100 HS
20MNT11 Student Induction Program 0 100 0 100 MC
Total Credits to be earned 23

*Alternate weeks

SEMESTER – II

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
20EGT21 Advanced Communication Skills 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 HS
20MAC21 Multivariable Calculus and Complex Analysis 3 1* 2* 4 50 50 100 BS
20PHT22 Materials Science and Metallurgy 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 BS
20CYT22 Chemistry for Mechanical Systems 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 BS
20CSC31 Programming in C 3 1 0 4 50 50 100 ES
20MTT22 Electron Devices and Digital Circuits 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 ES
Practical / Employability Enhancement
20MTL21 Electron Devices and Digital Circuits Laboratory 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 ES
20PHL22 Physical Sciences Laboratory II 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 BS
Total Credits to be earned 22
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

B.E. MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING CURRICULUM – R2020

(For the students admitted in the academic year 2021-22)

SEMESTER – III

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
20CSC34 Data Structures using C 3 0 2 4 50 50 100 ES
20MAT31 Probability and Partial Differential Equations 3 1 0 4 40 60 100 BS
20MTT31 Kinematics of Machines 3 1 0 4 40 60 100 ES
20MTT32 Systems and Control Engineering 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PC
20MTT33 Electrical Machines 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PC
20MTT34 Manufacturing Processes 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PC
Practical / Employability Enhancement
20MTL31 Electrical Machines and Control Laboratory 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 PC
20MTL32 Manufacturing Processes Laboratory 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 PC
20MNT31 Environmental Science 2 0 0 0 100 0 100 MC
Total Credits to be earned 23

SEMESTER – IV

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
20MTT21 Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4 40 60 100 PC
20MAT41 Statistics and Numerical Methods 3 1 0 4 40 60 100 BS
20MTT41 Machine Dynamics 3 1 0 4 40 60 100 PC
20MTT42 Sensors and Signal Conditioning 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PC
40/ 60/
Open Elective I 3 1/0 0/2 4 100 OE
50 50
Practical / Employability Enhancement
20MTL41 Sensors and Signal Conditioning Laboratory 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 PC
20MTL42 Computer Aided Drafting Laboratory 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 PC
20EGL31 English for work place communication 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 HS

20GEL51 Professional Skills Training I / -- -- -- 2 100 0 100 EC

Industrial Training I$
Total Credits to be earned 24
$80 hours of training
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

B.E. MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING CURRICULUM – R2020

(For the students admitted in the academic year 2021-22)

SEMESTER – V

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
20MTT51 CNC and Metrology 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PC
20MTT52 Microcontroller Programming and Applications 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PC
20MTT53 Strength of Materials 3 1 0 4 40 60 100 PC
Professional Elective I 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PE
40/ 60/
Open Elective II 3 1/0 0/2 4 100 OE
50 50
Practical / Employability Enhancement
20MTL51 CNC and Metrology Laboratory 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 PC
Microcontroller Programming and Applications
20MTL52 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 PC
Laboratory
20MTL53 Computer Aided Engineering Laboratory 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 PC
Professional Skills Training II /
20GEL61 -- -- -- 2 100 0 100 EC
Industrial Training II #
Total Credits to be earned 22
#80 hours of training

SEMESTER – VI

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
20MTT61 Programmable Automation Controllers 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PC
20MTT62 Mechanics of Serial Manipulator 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PC
20MTT63 Fluid Power Systems 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PC
Open Elective III 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 OE
Practical / Employability Enhancement
Programmable Automation Controllers
20MTL61 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 PC
Laboratory
20MTL62 Robotics and Control Laboratory 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 PC
20MTL63 Fluid Power Systems Laboratory 0 0 2 1 60 40 100 PC
20GET41 Universal Human Values 2 0 0 2 100 0 100 HS
20MTP61 Project Work I 0 0 4 2 100 0 100 EC
20GEP61 Comprehensive Test and Viva - - - 2 100 0 100 EC
Total Credits to be earned 21
 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

B.E. MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING CURRICULUM – R2020

(For the students admitted in the academic year 2021-22)

SEMESTER – VII

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
20GET71 Economics and Management for Engineers 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 HS
20MTT71 Machine Vision and Image Processing 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PC
Professional Elective II 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PE
Professional Elective III 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PE
Professional Elective IV 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PE
Professional Elective V 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PE
Practical / Employability Enhancement
20MTP71 Project Work II Phase I 0 0 12 6 50 50 100 EC
Total Credits to be earned 24

SEMESTER – VIII

Course Hours / Week Maximum Marks Cate

Course Title Credit
Code gory
L T P CA ESE Total
Theory/Theory with Practical
Professional Elective VI 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 PE
Open Elective IV 3 0 0 3 40 60 100 OE
Practical / Employability Enhancement
20MTP81 Project work II Phase II 0 0 8 4 50 50 100 EC
Total Credits to be earned 10

Total Credits : 169

 Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India
LIST OF PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE (PE)

Course Domain/
Course Name L T P C Sem
Code Stream

Semester V
Elective I
20MTE01 Design of Mechanical Elements 3 0 0 3 V PD
20MTE02 Graphical System Design 3 0 0 3 V AE
20MTE03 Power Electronics and Drives 3 0 0 3 V AE
20MTE04 Introduction to Industrial Internet of Things 3 0 0 3 V AE
20MTE05 Operations Research 3 0 0 3 V PE
20MTE06 Advanced Control Theory 3 0 0 3 V AS
Semester VII
Elective II
20MTE07 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 0 0 3 VII PD
20MTE08 Machine Drawing 3 0 0 3 VII PD
20MTE09 Precision Equipment Design 3 0 0 3 VII PD
20MTE10 Embedded Programming for Mechatronics 3 0 0 3 VII AE
20MTE11 Machine Learning 3 0 0 3 VII AS
20MTE12 Automotive Engineering 3 0 0 3 VII AE
Elective III
20GEE01 Fundamentals of Research 3 0 0 3 VII GE
20MTE13 Optimal and Adaptive Control 3 0 0 3 VII AS
20MTE14 Computer Integrated Manufacturing 3 0 0 3 VII PE
20MTE15 Precision Manufacturing 3 0 0 3 VII PE
20MTE16 Process Control and Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 VII AE
20MTE17 Cyber Physical Systems 3 0 0 3 VII AE
Elective IV
20MTE18 Battery Management System 3 0 0 3 VII PS
20MTE19 Machine Tool Control and Condition Monitoring 3 0 0 3 VII PE
20MTE20 Applied Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3 VII PD
20MTE21 Additive Manufacturing 3 0 0 3 VII PE
20MTE22 Industrial Automation Protocols 3 0 0 3 VII AE
20MTE23 Robot Programming 3 0 0 3 VII AS
Elective V
20MTE24 Total Quality Management 3 0 0 3 VII GE
20MTE25 Maintenance Engineering 3 0 0 3 VII PE
20MTE26 Automotive Electronics 3 0 0 3 VII AE
20MTE27 Micro Electro Mechanical Systems 3 0 0 3 VII PD
20MTE28 Mobile Robotics 3 0 0 3 VII AS
20MTE29 Drone Technology 3 0 0 3 VII AS
Semester VIII
Elective VI
20MTE30 Principles of Farm Machineries 3 0 0 3 VIII PS
20MTE31 Avionics 3 0 0 3 VIII AS
20MTE32 Product Design and Development 3 0 0 3 VIII PD
20MTE33 Production Management 3 0 0 3 VIII PE
20MTE34 Nanoscience and Technology 3 0 0 3 VIII PD
* Domain/Stream Abbreviations: AE- Automation Engineering, AS – Autonomous Systems, PD – Product Design, PS
– Production System, GE – General Engineering
Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060, India

OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES OFFERED TO OTHER DEPARTMENTS (OE)

(Offered by Department of Mechatronics )

Hours/Week
Course Code Course Title Credit Sem
L T P

20MTO01 Design of Mechatronics Systems 3 1 0 4 IV

20MTO02 Factory Automation 3 0 2 4 V
20MTO03 Data Acquisition and Virtual Instrumentation 3 0 2 4 V
20GEO04 Innovation and Business Model Development 3 1 0 4 V
20MTO04 3D Printing and Design 3 0 0 3 VI
20MTO05 Drone System Technology 3 0 0 3 VI
20GEO19 Entrepreneurship Development 3 0 0 3 VI
20MTO06 Robotics 3 0 0 3 VIII
20MTO07 Virtual and Augment Reality in Industry 4.0 3 0 0 3 VIII
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India 20EGT11 ENGLISH LANGUAGE SKILLS
(Common to all Engineering and Technology Branches)

Programme &
All BE/BTech branches Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 1 HS 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course is designed to impart required levels of fluency in using the English Language at A2/B1 Level in the Common
European Framework (CEFR).
Unit - I Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing and Grammar & Vocabulary. Activity Based Learning – Phase – I 9
Listening - Talking about past experiences - listening to descriptions - Speaking - Exchanging personal information - Talking about cities
and transportation - Reading - Life and achievements of a famous personality - Global transport systems - Writing - Childhood
experiences - Process Description – Grammar & Vocabulary – Past tense – Expressions of quantity – Indirect questions.
Unit - II Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing and Grammar & Vocabulary. Activity Based Learning – Phase – II 9
Listening - Information about hotels and accommodation - Recipes and food items - Speaking - Life style changes and making
comparisons - Talking about food - Reading - Habit formation and changing habits - International cuisine - Writing - Personal email -
emails about food and recipes – Grammar & Vocabulary – Evaluations and Comparisons with adjectives – Simple past and present
perfect tenses.
Unit - III Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing and Gram 9
mar & Vocabulary. Activity Based Learning – Phase – III
Listening - Information about travel - descriptions / conversations about family life - Speaking - Vacations and Holidays - Requests,
complaints and offering explanations - Reading - Tourist places and travel experiences - Group behaviour and politeness - Writing -
Personal letter about travelling - Writing guidelines and checklists – Grammar & Vocabulary – Future tense – Modals – Two-part verbs.
Unit - IV Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing and Grammar & Vocabulary. Activity Based Learning – Phase – IV 9
Listening - Descriptions about festivals - Presentations on technology - Speaking - About technology - festivals, special events and
traditions - Reading - Sports, hobbies and past time - About different cultures - Writing - Product Description - Writing web content –
Grammar & Vocabulary – Infinitives and Gerunds for uses and purposes – Imperatives for giving suggestions – Relative clauses of time.

Unit - V Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing and Grammar & Vocabulary. Activity Based Learning – Phase – V 9
Listening - Talking about changes - Job preferences - Speaking - Comparing different periods or phases in life – Changes that happen -
Skills and abilities, Personality Development - Employability Skills – Reading - Reading about life experiences - Emotions and feelings –
Job preferences – Jobs and Personality – Writing - Writing about one‟s past, present and future – Researching job options – Choosing
the right job – Grammar & Vocabulary – Time contrasts – Conditional sentences with “if clauses” – Gerunds – short responses.
Total: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Jack C. Richards, Jonathan Hull, and Susan Proctor, “Interchange - Student‟s Book 2”, 4th Edition, Cambridge University Press,
New York, 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. Sanjay Kumar and Pushp Lata, “Communication Skills”, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2015.
2. Pamela Hartmann and Brenda Wegmann, “New Interactions English Language Learning and Assessment Platform ( Level Intro -
Level IV )”, McGraw Hill India, 2020.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 use language effectively and accurately acquiring vocabulary from real-life context Applying (K3)
CO2 listen/view and comprehend different spoken discourses / excerpts in different accents Applying (K3)
CO3 read different genres of texts adopting various reading strategies Analyzing (K4)
CO4 write cohesively, coherently and flawlessly avoiding grammatical errors, using a wide range of vocabulary, Creating (K6)
organizing their ideas logically on a topic
CO5 speak clearly, confidently, comprehensibly and communicate with others using appropriate communicative Creating (K6)
strategies
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs
COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 2 3 1
CO3 1 3 1 1
CO4 3 1
CO5 2 3 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‟s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 16 30 37 17 100
CAT2 17 30 37 16 100
CAT3 13 33 37 17 100
ESE 7 21 37 35 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India 20MAC11 - MATRICES AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
(Common to All Engineering and Technology Branches)
Programme &
All BE/BTech branches Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 1 BS 3 1* 4
2*

Preamble To provide the skills to the students for solving different real time problems by applying matrices and differential
equations.
Unit - I Matrices: 9
Introduction – Characteristic equation – Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a real matrix – Properties of Eigen values and Eigen vectors
(without proof) – Cayley - Hamilton theorem (Statement and applications only) – Orthogonal matrices – Orthogonal transformation of a
symmetric matrix to diagonal form – Quadratic form – Nature of Quadratic forms - Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form by
orthogonal transformation.
Unit - II Ordinary Differential Equations: 9
Introduction – Solutions of First order differential equations: Exact differential equations – Leibnitz‟s Linear Equation – Bernoulli's
equation – Clairaut's equation.
Unit - III Ordinary Differential Equations of Higher Order: 9
Linear differential equations of second and higher order with constant coefficients - Particular Integrals for the types: eax – cosax / sinax
– xn – eaxxn, eaxsinbx and eaxcosbx – xnsinax and xncosax – Differential Equations with variable coefficients: Euler-Cauchy‟s equation
– Legendre‟s equation.
Unit - IV Applications of Ordinary Differential Equations: 9
Method of variation of parameters – Simultaneous first order linear equations with constant coefficients – Applications of differential
equations: Simple harmonic motion – Electric circuits (Differential equations and associated conditions need to be given).
Unit - V Laplace Transform & Inverse Laplace Transform: 9
Laplace Transform: Conditions for existence – Transform of elementary functions – Basic properties – Derivatives and integrals of
transforms – Transforms of derivatives and integrals – Transform of unit step function – Transform of periodic functions. Inverse Laplace
transform: Inverse Laplace transform of elementary functions – Partial fraction method – Convolution theorem (Statement only) –
Solution of linear ODE of second order with constant coefficients.

List of Exercises / Experiments:

1. Introduction to MATLAB
2. Computation of eigen values and eigen vectors
3. Plotting and visualizing single variable functions
4. Solving first and second order ordinary differential equations
5. Solution of Simultaneous first order ODEs
6. Solving second order ODE by variation of parameters
7. Determining Laplace and inverse Laplace transform of basic functions
8. Solution of Second order ODE by employing Laplace transforms
*Alternate week Lecture: 45, Tutorial and Practical:15, Total:60

TEXT BOOK:
1. Ravish R. Singh, Mukul Bhatt “Engineering Mathematics”, 1 st Edition, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2016.
REFERENCES:
1. Kreyszig E., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 10th Edition, John Wiley Sons, 2011.
2. Kandasamy P., Thilagavathy K. and Gunavathy K., “Engineering Mathematics For First Year B.E/B.Tech”, Reprint Edition 2014,
S.Chand and Co., New Delhi.
3. Duraisamy C., Vengataasalam S., Arun Prakash K. and Suresh M., “Engineering Mathematics – I”, 2nd Edition, Pearson India
Education, New Delhi, 2018.
4. MATLAB Manual.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 solve engineering problems which needs matrix computations. Applying (K3)
CO2 identify the appropriate method for solving first order ordinary differential equations. Applying (K3)
CO3 solve higher order linear differential equations with constant and variable coefficients. Applying (K3)
CO4 apply the concept of ordinary differential equations for modeling and finding solutions to engineering Applying (K3)
problems.
CO5 apply Laplace Transform to find solutions of Linear Ordinary Differential Equations Applying (K3)
CO6 know the basics of MATLAB and computing eigen values and eigen vectors of real matrix by MATLAB. Understanding (K2),
Manipulation (S2)
CO7 solve ordinary differential equations with constant and variable coefficients and simultaneous first order Applying (K3),
ordinary differential equations using MATLAB. Manipulation (S2)
CO8 compute Laplace and inverse Laplace Transform of basic functions and solve Second Order ODE by Applying (K3),
using Laplace Transform with MATLAB. Manipulation (S2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 1
CO2 3 3 2 1
CO3 3 3 2 1
CO4 3 3 2
CO5 3 3 2 1
CO6 3
CO7 3
CO8 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‟s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 10 20 70 100
CAT2 10 20 70 100
CAT3 10 20 70 100
ESE 10 20 70 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India 20PHT11 - APPLIED PHYSICS
(Common to All Engineering and Technology Branches)

Programme &
All BE/BTech Branches Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 1 BS 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course aims to impart the essential concepts of propagation of elastic waves, acoustics, ultrasonics, laser and fiber
optics, quantum physics, crystal structure and crystal defects. It also describes the physical phenomena related to the
aforementioned concepts and their applications in engineering and provides motivation towards innovations
Unit - I Propagation of Elastic Waves: 9
Oscillatory Motion: Introduction to simple harmonic motion - Damping velocity - Damping coefficient - Differential equation of simple
harmonic motion - Velocity and acceleration - Restoring force - Vibration of a spring and mass system - Frequency response - Phase
response - Resonance - Wave motion: Definition of a plane progressive wave - Attenuation of waves - Differential equation of a plane
progressive wave - Phase velocity - Phase and phase difference - Solution of the differential equation of a plane progressive wave.
Unit - II Acoustics and Ultrasonics: 9
Acoustics: Introduction - Reverberation and reverberation time - Growth and decay of sound - Sabine‟s formula for reverberation time –
Determination of sound absorption coefficient – Design of an auditorium: Factors affecting acoustics of buildings and the remedies.
Ultrasonics: Introduction – Properties of ultrasonic waves – Generation of ultrasonic waves: Magnetostrictive generator and
Piezoelectric generator - Determination of velocity of ultrasonics in a liquid: Acoustic grating – Industrial application: Non-destructive
testing - Other applications of ultrasonic waves (qualitative).
Unit - III Laser and Fiber Optics: 9
Laser and Applications: Introduction – Interaction of light with matter - Three quantum process: Stimulated absorption, spontaneous
emission and stimulated emission - Population inversion - Einstein‟s coefficients and their relations - Pumping methods - Nd:YAG laser
- CO2 laser - Holography. Fiber Optics and Applications: Introduction - Numerical aperture and acceptance angle - Classification of
optical fibers based on refractive index, modes and materials - Fiber optics communication system (qualitative) - Fiber optic sensors:
Temperature and displacement sensors.
Unit - IV Quantum Physics: 9
Introduction - Blackbody radiation - Planck‟s quantum hypothesis - Compton scattering (qualitative) - de Broglie‟s hypothesis -
Properties of matter waves - Application of Heisenberg uncertainty principle - Schrodinger‟s time independent and time dependent wave
equations - Physical significance of wave function - The free particle - Potential energy step - Infinite potential well (one - dimensional).

Unit - V Crystal Physics: 9

Introduction - Classification of solids - Space lattice - Crystal structure - Unit cell - Bravais lattice - Single and polycrystalline materials -
Lattice planes - Miller indices - Indices of crystal direction - Interplanar spacing in cubic system - Hexagonal close packed crystal
structure and c/a ratio - Symmetry -Symmetry elements in cubic crystal - Crystal imperfections: line, surface and volume imperfections
- Features of crystal imperfections (qualitative).

Total: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Avadhanulu M.N., Kshirsagar P.G. and Arun Murthy T.V.S., “A Textbook of Engineering Physics”,11 th Edition, S. Chand &
Company Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2019.
REFERENCES:
1. Purnima Khare and Swarup A.,”Engineering Physics: Fundamentals and Modern Applications”, 1 st Edition, Jones and Bartlett
Publishers, Sudbury, Massachusetts, 2009.
2. Gaur R.K. and Gupta S.L., “Engineering Physics”, 8th Edition, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 2009.
3. Tamilarasan K. and Prabu K., “Engineering Physics – I”, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2014.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 make use of the concepts of oscillatory and wave motion to comprehend the phenomena related to the Applying (K3)
propagation of elastic waves.
CO2 apply the concepts of growth and decay of sound energy in a hall to compute Sabine‟s formula to Applying (K3)
recognize the requirements of acoustically good buildings, and to describe the production of ultrasonic
wave, working of acoustic grating & non-destructive testing using ultrasonic waves.
CO3 apply the concepts of stimulated emission to explain the working and the applications of laser in Applying (K3)
engineering and technology, and to apply the principle of propagation of light through optical fiber to
compute acceptance angle and numerical aperture to comprehend the loss in optical fiber, fiber optic
communication system and working of fiber optic sensors.
CO4 use the concepts of quantum mechanics to describe the behavior of electrons in a metal by solving Applying (K3)
Schrodinger‟s wave equation for particle motion in infinite potential well.
CO5 utilize the concepts of the seven crystal systems to obtain interplanar spacing in cubic lattice and c/a Applying (K3)
ratio of HCP crystal structure, and to comprehend symmetry elements, reciprocal lattice and the types
of crystal imperfections and their impacts.

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‟s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 40 40 100
CAT2 20 35 45 100
CAT3 25 35 40 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India 20CYT11 - APPLIED CHEMISTRY
(Common to All Engineering and Technology Branches)

Programme &
All BE/BTech Branches Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 1 BS 3 0 0 3

Preamble Applied Chemistry course explores the basic principles and advancements of chemistry in the field of engineering and
technology. It aims to impart the fundamentals of chemistry towards innovations in science and technology and also for
societal applications.
Unit - I Water Technology: 9
Introduction - sources of water - impurities in water - types of water - hardness of water- expression of hardness (simple problems) -
units of hardness –estimation of hardness of water by EDTA method – determination of alkalinity - disadvantages of using hard water in
Industries - boiler troubles - scale and sludge, boiler corrosion, caustic embrittlement, priming and foaming - softening of water: i)
Internal treatment process - carbonate and calgon conditioning ii) External treatment method -demineralization process iii) Treatment of
water for municipal water supply (Removal of suspended particles and disinfection methods, Break-point of chlorination).
Unit - II Electrochemistry: 9
Introduction – electrochemical cells - applications of electrochemical series - reference electrode - standard calomel electrode - ion
selective electrode - glass electrode - concentration cells - electrode and electrolyte concentration cells (simple problems) - applications-
potentiometric titrations - acid-base, redox, precipitation titrations - advantages- conductometric titrations - strong acid vs strong base,
weak acid vs strong base, mixture of weak and strong acid vs strong base- advantages of conductometric titrations.
Unit - III Corrosion and its Control: 9
Introduction – causes and effects of corrosion - types of corrosion - chemical corrosion – Pilling Bed-worth rule - electrochemical
corrosion –types - galvanic corrosion, concentration cell corrosion – other types of corrosion -stress, intergranular and microbiological
corrosion- galvanic series - factors influencing rate of corrosion – corrosion control methods - design and material selection, anodic
protection, corrosion inhibitors, protective coatings - i) metallic coatings : hot dipping (tinning and galvanizing) ii) non-metallic coating :
anodizing iii) organic coating : paints – constituents and their functions.
Unit - IV Fuels and Combustion: 9
Introduction – classification of fuels - characteristics of a good fuel - combustion - calorific values – gross and net calorific values -
Dulong„s formula (simple problems) - Flue gas analysis by Orsat„s method - ignition temperature - spontaneous ignition temperature -
explosive range - solid fuels - coal and its varieties – proximate and ultimate analysis – significance – metallurgical coke - Otto-
Hoffman byproduct method - liquid fuel - refining of petroleum – manufacture of synthetic petrol - hydrogenation of coal - Bergius
process - knocking - octane number – cetane number - gaseous fuel - water gas.
Unit - V Polymers: 9
Introduction – terminology - classification - polymerization - types of polymerization (definition only)- polymerisation techniques- bulk,
solution, suspension and emulsion polymerisation - plastics- difference between thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics -
compounding of plastics- plastic moulding methods - compression, injection, extrusion and blow moulding methods - industrial
polymers: preparation, properties and applications of PVC, PAN, polyurethane, polyesters –biodegradable polymers-classification and
applications.

Total: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Wiley Editorial Board, ”Wiley Engineering Chemistry”, 2 nd Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, Reprint 2019.
REFERENCES:
1. Palanisamy P.N., Manikandan P., Geetha A.& Manjula Rani K., “Applied Chemistry”, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education
Private Limited, New Delhi, 2019.
2. Payal B. Joshi, Shashank Deep, “Engineering Chemistry”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2019.
3. Palanna O., “Engineering Chemistry”, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2017.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
COURSEIndia
OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 apply the suitable water softening methods to avoid boiler troubles. Applying (K3)
CO2 apply the principle of electrochemistry for various applications. Applying (K3)
CO3 make use of corrosion control methods to solve corrosion related problems. Applying (K3)
CO4 illustrate the quality of fuels from its characteristics. Understanding (K2)
CO5 explain the types of polymers, plastics and fabrication methods. Understanding (K2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1
CO2 3 2 1 1
CO3 3 2 1 1
CO4 3 1
CO5 3 1
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‟s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 25 35 40 100
CAT2 25 35 40 100
CAT3 25 35 40 100
ESE 25 35 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India 20MTT11 - ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Programme & BE - Mechatronics Engineering Sem. L T
Category P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 1 PC 3 1 0 4

Preamble This course provides introduction to the basic concepts of forces, inertia, centroid and moments of area along with their
effects on motion. It introduces the phenomenon of friction and its effects. It familiarizes students to cognitive learning in
applied mechanics and develops problem-solving skills in both theoretical and engineering oriented problems.
Unit - I Statics of Particles: 9+3
Introduction –Laws of Mechanics – Parallelogram and Triangular Law of forces – Principle of Transmissibility – Coplanar Forces –
Resolution and Composition of force -Free body diagram–Equilibrium of a particle in plane – Forces in space - Vectorial representation
of forces–Equilibrium of a particle in space.
Unit - II Statics of Rigid Bodies: 9+3
Moments: Moment of a force about a point and about an axis – Vectorial representation of moments and couples – Scalar component of
moments – Varignon‟s theorem– Equivalent systems of forces – Single equivalent force. Types of supports and their reactions –
Requirements of stable equilibrium – Equilibrium of Rigid bodies in two dimensions – Equilibrium of Rigid bodies in three dimensions.
Trusses: Method of joints- Method of sections. Principle of virtual work.
Unit - III Properties of Surfaces and Solids: 9+3
Determination of Areas and Volumes – First moment of area and Centroid of sections – T section- I section- Angle section- Hollow
section from primary simpler sections – Second moment of plane areas – Parallel axis theorem and Perpendicular axis theorem - T
section - I section- Angle section- Hollow section – Polar moment of Inertia – Product of Inertia- Principal Moment of Inertia of plane
area- Mass moment of inertia – Relation to area moments of inertia.
Unit - IV Friction and Rectilinear motion of particles: 9+3
Friction: Surface Friction – Laws of dry friction – Sliding friction – Static and Kinetic friction– Ladder friction – Wedge friction – Belt
friction. Rectilinear motion of particles: Displacement- velocity and acceleration and their relationship – Relative motion- Curvilinear
motion – Projectile motion.
Unit - V Dynamics of Particles and Kinematics of Rigid body: 9+3
Dynamics of Particles: Newton‟s law, Work - Energy and Impulse - Momentum equations of particles – Impact of elastic bodies.
Kinematics of Rigid body: Translation - Rotation about a fixed axis–General plane motion. Kinetics of rigid body.

Lecture:45, Tutorial:15, Total:60

TEXT BOOK:
1. Dubey N.H, "Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics", 1st Edition, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2016.
REFERENCES:
1. Beer Ferdinand P., Russel Johnston Jr., David F. Mazure, Philip J. Cornwell & Sanjeev Sanghi, "Vector Mechanics for Engineers:
Statics and Dynamics", 12th Edition, McGraw Hill Education, Chennai, 2019.
2. Hibbeler R.C., "Engineering Mechanics", 14th Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2017.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 represent the forces in vector components (both 2D and 3D) and apply equilibrium conditions Applying (K3)
CO2 calculate the moment produced by various force systems and conclude the static equilibrium equations Analyzing (K4)
for rigid body system
CO3 compute the centroid, centre of gravity and moment of inertia of geometrical shapes and solids Applying (K3)
respectively
CO4 manipulate the effect of dry friction and its applications Applying (K3)
CO5 apply the different principles to study the motion of a body and analyse their constitutive equations Analyzing (K4)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1 1 3
CO2 3 2 1 1 1 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 1 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 1 3
CO5 3 2 1 1 1 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‟s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 10 20 50 20 100
CAT2 10 20 50 20 100
CAT3 10 20 50 20 100
ESE 10 20 50 20 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India 20MEC11 – ENGINEERING DRAWING
(Common to Civil, Mechanical, Mechatronics, Automobile Engineering, Chemical & Food Technology
Branches)

Programme &
BE(Civil, Mech, MTS, Auto) &BTech(Chem, FT) Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 1 ES 2 0 2 3

Preamble To impart knowledge on orthographic, isometric projections, sectional views and development of surfaces by solving
different application oriented problems.
Unit - I General Principles of Orthographic Projection: 9
Importance of graphics in engineering applications - Use of drafting instruments - BIS conventions and specifications - Size, layout and
folding of drawing sheets - Lettering and dimensioning - Projections of Points, Lines and Planes - General principles of orthographic
projection - First angle projection - Layout of views - Projection of points located in all quadrant and straight lines located in the first
quadrant - Determination of true lengths and true inclinations and location of traces - Projection of polygonal surface and circular lamina
inclined to both reference planes.
Unit - II Projections of Solid: 9
Projections of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the axis is inclined to one reference plane by change of
position method.
Unit - III Sectioning of Solids: 9
Sectioning of solids - prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone in simple vertical position by cutting planes inclined to one reference plane
and perpendicular to the other - Obtaining true shape of section.
Unit - IV Development of Surfaces: 9
Development of lateral surfaces of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones – development of simple truncated solids
involving prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones.
Unit - V Isometric Projection and Introduction to AutoCAD: 9
Principles of isometric projection - Isometric scale - Isometric projections of simple and truncated solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinders
and cones - Conversion of isometric projection into orthographic projection - Introduction to AutoCAD.

Lecture:30, Practical:30, Total:60

TEXT BOOK:
1. Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., “Engineering Graphics”, 15th Edition, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2018.
REFERENCES:
1. Basant Agrawal, Agrawal C.M., “Engineering Drawing”, 2 nd Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2019.
2. Gopalakrishnana K.R. “Engineering Drawing”, Volume. I & II, Subhas Publications, Bengaluru, 2014.
3. Parthasarathy N.S., Vela Murali. “Engineering Drawing”, 1 st Edition, Oxford University Press, 2015.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 interpret international standards of drawings and sketch the projections of points, lines and planes. Understanding (K2)
CO2 draw the projections of 3D primitive objects like prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones. Applying (K3)
CO3 construct the various sectional views of solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones. Applying (K3)
CO4 develop the lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids. Applying (K3)
CO5 sketch the isometric projections of simple and truncated solids and convert isometric drawing in to Applying (K3)
orthographic projection.

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 3 2 2 2 3
CO2 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 2 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 2 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 2 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‟s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 40 40 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 25 35 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India 20PHL11 – PHYSICAL SCIENCES LABORATORY I
(Common to All Engineering and Technology Branches)

Programme &
All BE/BTech Branches Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 1 BS 0 0 2 1

Preamble This course aims to impart hands on training in the determination of the physical parameters such as Young‟s modulus,
rigidity modulus, frequency of vibration, velocity of ultrasonic waves, compressibility of water, wavelength of laser,
acceptance angle and the numerical aperture of an optical fiber, and to develop the skills in handling different basic
instruments and also aims to impart the basic concepts of volumetric, conductometric and pH meter experiments and
thereby, to improve the analytical capability.

List of Exercises / Experiments:

1. Determination of the Young‟s modulus of the material of a given beam using uniform bending method.
2. Determination of the rigidity modulus of the material of a given wire using torsional pendulum.
3. Determination of frequency of electrically vibrating rod by forming standing waves using Melde‟s apparatus.
4. Determination of the velocity of ultrasonic waves in a liquid and the compressibility of a liquid using ultrasonic interferometer.
5. Determination of (i) the wavelength of a semiconductor laser and (ii) the acceptance angle and the numerical aperture of a
given optical fiber.
6. Estimation of total, temporary and permanent hardness of water by EDTA method.
7. Estimation of Ca2+and Mg2+hardness separately by EDTA method.
8. Estimation of alkalinity of the given water sample.
9. Conductometric titration -Mixture of acids.
10. Estimation of hydrochloric acid using pH meter.
Total: 30
REFERENCES:
1. Tamilarasan K. and Prabu K.,”Physics Laboratory Manual‟, 1st Edition, SCM Publishers, Erode, 2020.
2. Palanisamy P.N., Manikandan P., Geetha A. and Manjula Rani K., ”Chemistry Laboratory Manual”, 1st Edition, Rajaganapathy
Publishers, Erode, 2020.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 determine the Young‟s modulus of a material using the concepts of elasticity and bending moment of a Applying (K3),
beam and to determine the rigidity modulus of a wire using the concepts of twisting couple and to compute Precision (S3)
the frequency of electrically vibrating rod using the concept of standing waves formed in fixed vibrating
string.
CO2 determine the wavelength of a semiconductor laser beam using the concept of diffraction of light, and to Applying (K3),
compute the acceptance angle and the numerical aperture of an optical fiber using the concepts of total Precision (S3)
internal reflection and divergence of light in air and estimate the amount of hardness for the given water
sample by EDTA method, and the amount of alkalinity for the given water sample.
CO3 demonstrate the conductivity meter and pH meter to estimate the amount of the given solution. Applying (K3),
Precision (S3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‟s Taxonomy
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India 20MEL11 – ENGINEERING PRACTICES LABORATORY
(Common to Civil, Mechanical, Mechatronics, Automobile Engineering, Chemical & Food Technology
Branches)

Programme &
BE (Civil, Mech, MTS, Auto) & BTech (Chem, FT) Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 1 ES 0 0 2 1

Preamble This course is designed to provide a hands-on experience in basic of mechanical and electrical engineering practices.

List of Exercises / Experiments:

PART A – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
1. To prepare square or rectangular shaped MS plates using power tools for cutting, polishing and shaping to the required
dimensions.
2. To carryout drilling, tapping and assembly on the given MS plates.
3. To carryout thread forming on a GI/PVC pipes and prepare water leak proof water line from overhead tank.
4. To prepare a wood or plywood box/tray/any innovative models using modern power tools like cutting machine, router, jigsaw,
power screw driver etc.
5. Welding practice through arc welding / simulator
PART B – ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
1. Safety Aspects of Electrical Engineering, Electrical Symbols, Components Identification, Fuse selection and installation, Circuit
Breakers selection
2. Wiring circuit for fluorescent lamp and Stair case wiring
3. Measurement of Earth resistance
4. Soldering of Simple Circuits and trouble shooting
5. Implementation of half wave and full wave Rectifier using diodes
Total: 30
REFERENCES /MANUAL / SOFTWARE:
1. Engineering Practices Laboratory Manual.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 plan the sequence of operations for effective completion of the planned models/ innovative articles Creating (K6),
Precision (S3)
CO2 identify and use appropriate modern power tools and complete the exercises/models accurately Applying (K3),
Precision (S3)
CO3 select fuses and Circuit breakers Understanding (K2),
Manipulation (S2)
CO4 perform house wiring and realize the importance of earthing Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)
CO5 trouble shoot the electrical and electronic circuits Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 3 3 2 1 3 3 3
CO2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 1 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 1 2 2 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‟s Taxonomy
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India 20VEC11 – YOGA AND VALUES FOR HOLISTIC DEVELOPMENT
Programme & Sem. Category
All BE/BTech Branches L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 1 HS 1 0 1 1

Preamble Providing Value Education to improve the Students‟ character - understanding yogic life and physical health - maintaining
youthfulness - Measure and method in five aspects of life
Unit – I Physical Health: 2
Manavalakalai (SKY) Yoga: Introduction - Education as a means for youth empowerment - Greatness of Education - Yoga for youth
Empowerment. Simplified Physical Exercises: Need and Objectives of Simplified Physical Exercise - Hand, Leg, Breathing, Eye
exercises - Kapalabathi, Makarasana Part I, Makarasana Part II, Body Massage, Acu pressure, Relaxation exercises - Benefits.
Yogasanas: Pranamasana - Hastha Uttanasana - Pada Hasthasana - Aswa Sanjalana Asana - Thuvipatha asva Sanjalana asana -
Astanga Namaskara - Bhujangasana - Atha Muktha Savasana - Aswa Sanjalana Asana - Pada Hasthasana - Hastha Uttanasana -
Pranamasana. Pranayama: Naddi suddi - Clearance Practice - Benefits.
Unit – II Life Force: 2
Reasons for Diseases: Body Function - Reason for Diseases and Prevention - Natural reasons (Genetic / imprints, Planetary Position,
Natural calamities and climatic changes) - Unnatural reasons (Food habits, Thoughts, Deeds). Philosophy of Kaya kalpa: Enriching
Bio-Magnetism - Physical body - Sexual vital fluid - Life force - Bio-Magnetism - Mind. Maintaining youthfulness: Postponing old age
- Transformation of food into seven components - Importance of sexual vital fluid - Measure and method in five aspects of life -
Controlling undue Passion. Kayakalpa practice: Aswini Mudra - Ojas breath - Benefits of Kaya Kalpa.
Unit – III Mental Health: 2
Mental Frequencies: Beta, Apha, Theta and Delta wave - Agna Meditation explanation - benefits. Shanti meditation: Shanthi
Meditation explanation – benefits. Thuriya Meditation: Thuriya Meditation explanation – benefits. Benefits of Blessing: Self blessing
(Auto suggestion) - Family blessing - Blessing the others - World blessing - Divine protection.
Unit – IV Values: 2
Human Values: Self control - Self confidence - Honesty Contentment - Humility – Modesty - Tolerance - Adjustment - Sacrifice –
Forgiveness - Purity (Body, Dress, Environment) - Physical purity - Mental purity - Spiritual purity. Social Values: Non violence –
Service. Patriotism – Equality. Respect for parents and elders - care and protection - Respect for teacher. Punctuality - Time
Management.
Unit – V Morality (Virtues): 2
Importance of Introspection: I - Mine (Ego, Possessiveness). Six Evil Temperaments - Greed - Anger - Miserliness - Immoral sexual
passion - Inferiority and superiority Complex – Vengeance. Maneuvering of Six Temperaments: Contentment - Tolerance - Charity -
Chastity - Equality - Pardon (Forgiveness). Five essential Qualities acquired through Meditation: Perspicacity - Magnanimity -
Receptivity - Adaptability - Creativity ( Improved Memory Power).

Lecture:10, Practical:10, Total:20

TEXT BOOK:
1. Thathuvagnani Vethathiri Maharishi, “Yoga for Youth Empowerment”, Vethathiri Publications, 2019.
REFERENCES:
1. Thathuvagnani Vethathiri Maharishi, “Yoga for Modern Age”, Vethathiri Publications, 2019.
2. Thathuvagnani Vethathiri Maharishi, “Simplified Physical Exercises”, Vethathiri Publications, 2019.
3. Neelam Sharma, “Holistic Education and Yoga”, Shipra Publications, 2017.
4. Dr. Joseph Murphy, “The Power of Your Subconscious Mind“, Pushpak Publication, 2019.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 understand the importance of physical health and practice simplified physical yoga exercise. Applying (K3)
CO2 understand the importance of Kayakalpa exercise to enrich Bio-Magnetism and practice it. Applying (K3)
CO3 understand the significance of meditation and do meditation to get sound mind. Applying (K3)
CO4 understand the human and social values to provide service to society. Applying (K3)
CO5 understand the evil temperaments and five essential qualities acquired through meditation Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 3 1
CO4 3 2 1 1
CO5 3 3 1
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‟s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN
Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 NA
CAT2 NA
CAT3 100 100
ESE NA
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India 20EGT21 ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SKILLS
(Common to all Engineering and Technology Branches)

Programme &
All BE/BTech branches Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites 20EGT11 – English Language Skills 2 HS 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course is designed to impart required levels of fluency in using the English Language at B1Level in the Common
European Framework (CEFR).
Unit - I Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing and Grammar & Vocabulary. Activity Based Learning – Phase –VI 9
Listening – Job and career related descriptions and conversations – requests of different kinds and the responses –Speaking -
Career choices and professional skills – making requests and responding to requests – Reading – Using texts about jobs and
careers – about different societies and cultural differences – Writing – Resumes, CVs and job oriented advertisements –
business and career related emails – Grammar &Vocabulary – Gerunds and elements ofcomparison – requests and indirect
requests.

Unit - II Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing and Grammar & Vocabulary. Activity Based Learning – Phase – VII 9
Listening – Expository and narrative descriptions – information about different cultures, nations and societies
– Speaking – Narrating and describing – talking about other countries and other cultures – Reading – Using texts aboutmedia and
information technology – living abroad and experiencing different cultures – Writing – Blog writing – brochures and tourist pamphlets –
Grammar & Vocabulary – The past tense forms - noun phrases and relative clauses.
Unit - III Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing and Grammar & Vocabulary. Activity Based Learning – Phase – VIII 9
Listening – Consumerism – product description – complaints and redressal – environmental issues – ecology
– saving the planet – Speaking – Talking about problems, issues, complaints – solutions and redressal – talking about
environmental issues – Reading – Using texts on segregating wastes – recycling and reusing – texts on environmental issues –
Writing – Online reviews, articles and writing web content – Grammar & Vocabulary – Phrases and sentences used for
describing problems – passives – prepositions and infinitives.

Unit - IV Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing and Grammar & Vocabulary. Activity Based Learning – Phase – IX 9
Listening – Education, learning and the choice of courses – various services needed in daily life – self- improvement
for success in life – Speaking - Discussions about educational and career oriented issues – talking abouteveryday services –
giving advice and self improvement – Reading – Reading about learning strategies and learningstyles – using texts about
personality development – Writing – Writing about hobbies – pastime and individual skills –writing short articles on everyday life
and personality development – Grammar & Vocabulary – Using of “would” andcertain gerund forms – use of modals, verbs,
gerunds, negative questions and infinitives.

Unit - V Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing and Grammar & Vocabulary. Activity Based Learning – Phase – X 9
Listening – Historical narratives – biographies and learning about the future – important life events, milestones and happenings
of the past – Speaking – Talking about the past, present and the future – talking about important events in life – Reading – Texts
about new technologies and future science – using texts about social organization, culture and social practices – Writing –
Biographical sketches – historical events – famous personalities, stages of life and getting along with people – Grammar &
Vocabulary – Future tense forms – time clauses and certain “if clauses”.

Total: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Jack C. Richards, Jonathan Hull, and Susan Proctor, “Interchange - Student‟s Book 3”, 4th Edition, Cambridge University Press,
New York, 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. Sanjay Kumar and Pushp Lata, “Communication Skills: A Workbook based on AICTE Syllabus”, Oxford UniversityPress, 2018.
2. Board of Editors, “Skills Annexe: Functional English for Success”, Orient BlackSwan, Hyderabad, 2013.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 use functional grammar for improving communication skills Applying (K3)
CO2 listen and comprehend different spoken excerpts critically and infer Unspoken and impliedmeanings. Applying (K3)

CO3 read different genres of texts, infer implied meanings and critically analyze and evaluate themfor ideas Analyzing (K5)
as well as for method of presentation.
CO4 write effectively and persuasively and produce different types of writing such as narration, Creating (K6)
description, exposition and argument as well as creative, critical, analytical and evaluativewriting.

CO5 speak effectively, to express opinions clearly, initiate and sustain a discussion and alsonegotiate using Creating (K6)
appropriate communicative strategies.

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 3 1 1
CO2 2 3 1
CO3 1 3 1 1
CO4 3 2
CO5 2 3 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‟s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 13 30 33 - 17 100
CAT2 13 33 37 - 17 100
CAT3 20 30 33 - 17 100
ESE 6 40 36 - 18 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MAC21 - MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS
(Common to All Engineering and Technology Branches)

Programme &
All BE/BTech branches Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
*
Prerequisites Nil 2 BS 3 1* 2 4

Preamble To impart the knowledge of partial derivatives, evaluation of real and complex integrals, vector calculus
and analytic functions to the students for solving the problems related to various engineering disciplines.
Unit – I Functions of Several Variables: 9
Functions of two or more variables – Partial derivatives – Total differential – Taylor‘s series for functions of two variables – Maxima and
minima – Constrained maxima and minima – Lagrange‘s multiplier method
Unit - II Multiple Integrals: 9
Double integration in cartesian coordinates – Change of order of integration – Application: Area between two curves – Triple
integration in cartesian coordinates –Volume as triple integrals
Unit - III Vector Calculus: 9
Directional derivative – Gradient of a scalar point function – Divergence of a vector point function – Curl of a vector – Solenoidal and
Irrotational vectors – Green‘s, Stoke‘s and Gauss divergence theorems (without proof) – Verification of the above theorems and
evaluation of integrals using them.
Unit - IV Analytic Functions: 9
Functions of a complex variable – Analytic functions – Necessary and sufficient conditions (excluding proof) – Cauchy–Riemann
equations (Statement only) – Properties of analytic function (Statement only) – Harmonic function – Construction of analytic function –
Conformal mapping: w = z + a, az, 1/z – Bilinear transformation.
Unit - V Complex Integration: 9
Introduction – Cauchy‘s theorem (without proof) – Cauchy‘s integral formula – Taylor‘s and Laurent series – Singularities –
Classification – Cauchy‘s residue theorem (without proof) – Applications: Evaluation of definite integrals involving sine and cosine
functions over the circular contour.

List of Exercises / Experiments:

1. Finding ordinary and partial derivatives
2. Computing extremes of a single variable function
3. Evaluating double and triple integrals
4. Finding the area between two curves
5. Computing gradient, divergence and curl of point functions
6. Applying Milne-Thomson method for constructing analytic function
7. Determination of Mobius transformation for the given set of points
8. Finding poles and residues of an analytic function
*Alternate week
Lecture: 45, Tutorial and Practical:15, Total:60
TEXT BOOK:
1. Ravish R. Singh, Mukul Bhatt ―Engineering Mathematics‖, 1st Edition, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2016.
REFERENCES:
1. Kreyszig E., ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, 10th Edition, John Wiley Sons, 2011.
2. Dass H K, ―Higher Engineering Mathematics‖, 3rd Revised Edition, S.Chand and Co., New Delhi, 2014.
3. Duraisamy C., Vengataasalam S., Arun Prakash K. and Suresh M., ―Engineering Mathematics – I‖, 2nd Edition, Pearson India
Education, New Delhi, 2018.
4. MATLAB Manual.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped (Highest

On completion of the course, the students will be able to Level)
CO1 compute extremal values which arise in function of several variables. Applying (K3)
CO2 solve Problems involving Double and Triple integrals. Understanding (K2)
CO3 apply the concept of vectors in engineering problems. Applying (K3)
CO4 identify, construct and apply analytic functions in electrostatics and fluid flow problems. Applying (K3)
CO5 evaluate complex integrals which are extensively applied in engineering. Applying (K3)
CO6 compute maxima and minima of a single variable function, gradient, curl and divergence of a Understanding (K2),
vector function using MATLAB. Manipulation (S2)

CO7 evaluate Double, Triple integrals and determine area between two curves using MATLAB Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)
CO8 construct analytic function, find bilinear transformation and compute poles and residues Applying (K3),
using MATLAB. Manipulation (S2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3
CO2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3
CO4 3 3
CO5 3 3 2
CO6 3
CO7 3
CO8 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‘s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating (K5) Creating
Total %
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % % (K6) %
CAT1 10 20 70 100
CAT2 10 20 70 100
CAT3 10 20 70 100
ESE 10 20 70 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20PHT22 - MATERIALS SCIENCE AND METALLURGY
(Common to Mechatronics Engineering & Automobile Engineering Branches)

Programme & BE - Mechatronics Engineering &

Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch BE - Automobile Engineering
Prerequisites Applied Physics 2 BS 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course aims to impart the knowledge on the physics of ferrous metals and alloys, non-ferrous metals and alloys,
and advanced functional materials. It also describes failures and testing of materials and the select characterization
techniques and the applications of aforementioned materials in Mechatronics and Automobile Engineering and
provides motivation towards innovations.
Unit - I Ferrous Metals and Alloys: 9
Introduction – Iron ore - Composition and classification of pig iron and cast iron–Manufacture of pig iron and cast iron – Solid
solution alloys – Vegards law – Lever rule - Mechanical mixtures -Iron-Carbon equilibrium diagram - Effect of impurities on cast iron
- Types of cast iron: Grey cast iron – White cast iron – Chilled cast iron - Mottled cast iron - Malleable cast iron - Ductile cast iron –
Alloy cast iron – Wrought iron – Steel: Carbon steel - Alloy steels –Tool and die Steel - Special Steels: High speed steel – Stainless
steel - Heat resisting steels - Shock resisting steels.
Unit - II Non-Ferrous Metals and Alloys: 9
Introduction - Aluminum and Aluminum alloys: Duralumin, Magnalumin - Copper and Copper alloys: Brass, Bronze, Gun Metal,
German Silver - Nickel and Nickel alloys: Monel, Inconel, Nichrome, Nimonic - Chromium and Chromium alloys: Chrome moly,
Stellite - Lead and Lead alloys: Solder lead, Antimonial lead.
Unit - III Advanced Functional Materials: 9
Metallic glasses: Preparation, properties and applications – Shape memory alloys: Characteristics and applications –
Superconductors: Properties and applications (Cryotron and Magnetic levitation) – Carbon fibers – Basic requirements of
biomaterials – Biocompatibility – Classification of biomaterials – Metallic and alloy biomaterials (qualitative): Cobalt–chromium
alloys and Titanium and titanium alloys.
Unit - IV Failures and Testing of Materials: 9
Failures of materials: Elastic and plastic deformation, slip and twinning – Types of fracture: Ductile, Brittle – Creep – Fatigue.
Testing of Mechanical and Physical Properties: Testing of materials under tension, compression and shear loads – Hardness
testing (Brinell, Vickers and Nanohardness) – Bending and torsion testing.
Unit - V Materials Characterization: 9
Importance of materials characterization - X-ray diffraction (qualitative) - Scanning electron microscope and Energy dispersive X-
ray analysis: principle, construction and working - Transmission electron microscope: principle, construction and working -
Spectroscopy: IR and UV-visible spectroscopy - Raman spectroscopy (qualitative) - Thermal analysis: Thermo gravimetric analysis
– Differential scanning calorimetry.

Total: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. William D. Callister Jr. and David G. Rethwisch, ―Callister‘s Materials Science and Engineering (Adapted by
R.Balasubramaniam)‖, 2nd Edition, Wiley India Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2014.
REFERENCES:
1. Donald K. Askeland, Pradeep P. Fulay and Wendelin J. Wright, ―The Science and Engineering of Materials‖, 6th Edition,
Centage Learning, Singapore, 2011.
2. Sam Zhang, Lin Li and Ashok Kumar, ―Materials Characterization Techniques‖, 1st Edition, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2008.
3. Tamilarasan K. and Prabu K., ―Materials Science and Metallurgy‖, 1st Edition, McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2019.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 apply the basic concepts of phase rule, cooling curve and binary phase diagram (Fe-C) to explain the Applying (K3)
composition, properties and applications of the select ferrous metals and their alloys (iron and steel).
CO2 apply the basic concepts of phase rule, cooling curve and binary phase diagram (Cu-Ni) to explain the Applying (K3)
composition, properties and applications of the select non-ferrous metals and their alloys (Aluminum,
Copper, Nickel, Chromium, Lead and their alloys).
CO3 utilize appropriate methods to prepare select advanced functional materials (metallic glasses, shape Applying (K3)
memory alloys, superconductors, carbon fibers and bio-materials) and to comprehend their properties
and applications.
CO4 make use of the concepts of extensive properties of matter to describe the failures of materials Applying (K3)
(mechanism of plastic deformation, dislocation, slip and twinning) and types of fracture (ductile, brittle,
creep, fatigue) and testing of mechanical and physical properties (under tension, compression and
shear loads, hardness, bending and torsion testing).
CO5 apply the concepts of X ray diffraction, matter wave, absorption of light, Raman effect and Applying (K3)
thermogram to describe the principle and working of the select material characterization techniques.

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‘s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating
Total %
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) %
CAT1 20 40 40 100
CAT2 30 30 40 100
CAT3 25 35 40 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20CYT22 - CHEMISTRY FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Programme & BE - Mechanical Engineeing, BE - Mechatronics
Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch Engineering & BE - Automobile Engineering
Prerequisites Applied Chemistry 2 BS 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course aims to provide knowledge for mechanical, mechatronics and automobile engineering students on the
requirements and properties of few important materials and create awareness among the present generation about the
various energy sources.
Unit - I Chemistry of Materials : 9
Lubricants – functions - requirements – classification with examples - properties : viscosity, viscosity index, flash and fire point,
cloud and pour point, oiliness, aniline point and carbon residue - Explosives – requirements - classification - manufacture of
important explosives (TNT, GTN and RDX) - Rocket propellants - properties and classification - Refractory bricks - criteria of a good
refractory material - classification – properties: refractoriness, RUL, porosity, thermal spalling, thermal conductivity and dimension
stability - general method of manufacturing of refractories- Insulators - classification with examples: thermal insulators and electrical
insulators - characteristics of insulating materials.
Unit - II Energy storing Devices: 9
Batteries -Introduction – Cells – Batteries – discharging and charging of battery - characteristics of battery -Types of Batteries
– Primary batteries – silver button cell- Secondary battery – Ni-Cd battery
Fuel Cells: Importance and classification of fuel cells - description, principle, components, applications and environmental aspects of
fuel cells: alkaline fuel cells, phosphoric acid, molten carbonate and direct methanol fuel cells.
Unit - III Analytical Techniques: 9
Introduction - Beer Lambert's law - principle, instrumentation and applications of UV-Vis Spectroscopy, Colorimetry, Infra Red
Spectroscopy, Flame Photometry, Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy.
Unit - IV Renewable Energy Resources: 9
Introduction – global energy consumption scenario- types of energy resources - nuclear energy - nuclear power reactor - breeder
reactors - applications and disadvantages of nuclear energy - design, working, advantages and disadvantages of solar energy,
hydropower, wind energy, geothermal energy, tidal and wave power, ocean thermal energy - biomass and biofuels - hydrogen as an
alternate fuel - hydrogen production - advantages ,disadvantages and applications - nanotechnology for energy sector.
Unit - V Industrial Metal Finishing: 9
Introduction – technological importance of metal finishing- methods of metal finishing - manufacturing of electronic component-PCB
fabrication- essential of metal finishing: polarization, decomposition potential and overpotential - surface preparation - Electroplating –
process - effect of plating variables on the nature of electrodeposit - electroplating of chromium and silver. Electroless plating -
electroless copper plating on printed circuit board - electroless nickel plating process -Distinction between electroplating and electroless
plating- advantages of electroless plating.

Total: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Wiley Editorial Board, “Wiley Engineering Chemistry”, 2nd Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, Reprint 2019.
REFERENCES:
1. Palanisamy P.N., Manikandan P., Geetha A., Manjula Rani K. & Kowshalya V.N., “Environmental
Science”. Revised Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2019.
2. Palanna O., “Engineering Chemistry”, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2017.
3. Payal B.Joshi & Shashank Deep, “Engineering Chemistry”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2019.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 Interpret the knowledge of lubricants, refractories and insulators in mechanical systems. Understanding (K2)
CO2 Use the concepts of batteries, fuel cells and their applications in various fields. Applying (K3)
CO3 Apply the principle of various analytical techniques for specific applications Applying (K3)
CO4 explain the role of renewable energy resources to attain sustainability Understanding (K2)
CO5 employ the concept of coating techniques in industrial metal finishing Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 1
CO2 3 2 1 1
CO3 3 2 1 1
CO4 3 1 3
CO5 3 2 1 1
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‟s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 25 35 40 100
CAT2 25 35 40 100
CAT3 25 35 40 100
ESE 25 35 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTT21 - FLUID MECHANICS AND THERMODYNAMICS

Programme &
BE-Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Applied Physics, Mathematics I 2/4 PC 3 1 0 4

Preamble This course provides knowledge in Fluid Statics, kinematics and Dynamics. It also helps to understand the basics of
Thermodynamics.
Unit - I 9+3
Fluid Properties and Fluid Statics: Fluid Definition and Classification – Properties of fluids: Density, Specific Weight, Specific
Volume, Specific Gravity, Viscosity, Compressibility, Bulk Modulus, Capillary and Surface Tension – Fluid statics: Concept of fluid
static pressure – Pascal‗s law –Absolute and Gauge pressures – Manometers: Types and Pressure measurement – Concept of
Buoyancy and Floatation.
Unit - II 9+3
Fluid Kinematics and Fluid Dynamics: Fluid Kinematics: Types of fluid flow – Continuity equation in two and three dimensions –
Velocity and Acceleration of fluid particle – Velocity potential function and Stream function. Fluid dynamics: Euler's equation along a
streamline –Bernoulli's equation and applications – Venturi meter, Orifice meter and Pitot tube
Unit - III 9+3
Viscous Flow, Flow through Pipes and Dimensional analysis: Viscous flow: Shear stress, pressure gradient relationship –
Flow of viscous fluid through circular pipe – Flow through pipes: Loss of head due to friction – Minor head losses – Hydraulic
gradient and Total energy lines – Flow through pipes in series and in parallel – Power transmission through pipes. Dimensional
analysis: Buckingham's theorem
Unit - IV 9+3
Basics of Thermodynamics and First Law of Thermodynamics: Thermodynamics – Microscopic and macroscopic point of view
– Systems, properties, process, path, cycle. Thermodynamic equilibrium – Zeroth law of Thermodynamics – internal energy,
enthalpy, specific heat capacities CV and CP, Relationship between CV and CP. First law of Thermodynamics – Application to
closed and open systems – Steady Flow Energy Equation (SFEE) – Simple problems.
Unit - V 9+3
Second Law of Thermodynamics and Entropy: Second Law of thermodynamics – Kelvin Planck and Clausius Statements –
Equivalents of Kelvin Planck and Clausius statements. Reversibility – Irreversibility, reversible cycle – Heat engine, heat pump and
refrigerator. Carnot cycle and Clausius theorem, the property of entropy, the inequality of Clausius – Entropy principle – General
expression for entropy – Simple problems in entropy.

Leture:45, Tutorial:15, Total:60

TEXT BOOK:
1. Bansal R.K., ―Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines‖, 9th Edition, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2015.
REFERENCES:
1. Nag P.K., ―Engineering Thermodynamics‖, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Cengel Yunus A. and Boles Michael A., ―Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach‖, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York,
2010.
3. Frank M. White., ―Fluid Mechanics‖, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2009.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 understand Fluid Properties and Fluid Statics Understanding (K2)
CO2 solve the problems related to kinematics and dynamics of fluid flow Applying (K3)
CO3 calculate the energy losses in flow through pipes Analysing (K4)
CO4 analyze the basic concepts, first law of thermodynamics and its applications Applying (K3)
CO5 interpret concepts of second law of thermodynamics and entropy Analysing (K4)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 2 2
CO3 2 2 3 2 1 3 3 1 1 3 3
CO4 2 2 3 2 1 2 2 1 1 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‘s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating
Total %
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) %
CAT1 10 40 40 10 100
CAT2 10 10 40 40 100
CAT3 10 10 40 40 100
ESE 10 10 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTT22 - ELECTRON DEVICES AND DIGITAL CIRCUITS

Programme &
BE-Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 2 ES 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course provides an insight on basic laws and theorems of circuits and network. It gives an introduction to the
basic concepts of semiconductor devices. It introduces the design of combinational and sequential digital circuits.
Unit - I Basic Network Laws and Theorem: 9
Voltage, Current, Energy and Power- Resistance, Inductance and Capacitance series and Parallel circuit- Ohms Law- Kirchhoff‘s
Current Law- Kirchhoff‘s Voltage Law- Star –Delta Transformation- Mesh Analysis- Nodal Analysis – Super Position Theorem-
Thevenin‘s Theorem- Norton‘s Theorem.
Unit - II Semiconductor Devices: 9
Conductors, Semiconductors and Insulators – Properties of Semiconductors – PN Junction Diode - Rectifiers and Filters - Zener
Diodes – Zener Diode Voltage Regulator– Junction Transistors: Principle of Operation of CE Configurations, Static Characteristics
– CE Transistor as an Amplifier and Switch- Construction and characteristics of FET
Unit - III Digital Electronics: 9
Boolean Algebra - Number systems – Complements – Boolean postulates and laws – De-Morgan‟s Theorem - Minimization of
Boolean expressions – Canonical forms – Minimization: Karnaugh map, Tabulation Method – Don‘t care conditions. Logic Gates -
Implementations of Logic Functions using gates, NAND – NOR implementations.
Unit - IV Combinational Circuits: 9
Half Adder - Full Adder – Half Subtractor - Full Subtractor – Multiplexer – Demultiplexer - Encoder / Decoder.
Unit - V Sequential Circuits: 9
RS, JK, JKMS, D and T Flip flops - Excitation tables –Realization of one flip flop using other flip flops – Analysis and design of
sequential circuits with state diagram and State table - Design of Synchronous and asynchronous counters – shift register.

Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Ravish R.Singh, ―Network Analysis and Synthesis‖ 4th Reprint 2016, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, New Delhi.
2. Floyd, ―Electronic Devices‖, 10th Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2018.
REFERENCES:
1. Anandkumar A., ―Fundamentals of Digital Circuits‖, 4nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2016.
2. Morris Mano M., ―Digital Design‖, 5th Edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2013.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 understand the basic laws and theorems of Circuit Network. Analysing (K4)
CO2 interpret the basic characteristics of semiconductor devices Understanding (K2)
CO3 verify the Boolean functions using logic gates Applying (K3)
CO4 design the combinational circuits Analysing (K4)
CO5 design the sequential circuits Analysing (K4)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 1 2 3 3 3
CO2 2 1 1 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 1 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 1 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 1 2 3 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‘s Taxonomy

ASSESMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating
Total %
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) %
CAT1 20 40 40 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 10 40 50 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20PHL22 - PHYSICAL SCIENCES LABORATORY II

Programme & Sem. Category L T P Credit

BE - Mechatronics Engineering
Branch
Pre requisite Nil 2 BS 0 0 2 1

Preamble This course aims to impart hands on training in the determination of physical parameters such as Young‟s modulus,
specific resistance, thickness of a thin film and particle size, thermal conductivity, wavelength of Hg spectrum and to
develop the skills in handling different basic instruments. This course also aims to impart the significance of Cl-, Cr6+, DO,
Cu2+ and Polymer ic material in mechanical systems and thereby, to improve the analytical capability..

List of Exercises / Experiments:

1. Determination of the Young‟s modulus of a stainless steel using non-uniform bending method.
2. Determination of the specific resistance of a non-ferrous material using Carey Foster‟s Bridge.
3. Determination of the thickness of a metallic glass thin film using air-wedge arrangement.
4. Determination of the thermal conductivity of a bio-ceramic material using Lee‟s disc arrangement.
5. Determination of wavelength of Hg spectrum using spectrometer grating.
6. Estimation of chloride ion in the given water sample using Argentometric method.
7. Estimation of chromium (Cr6+) in wastewater sample.
8. Determination of dissolved oxygen in the given wastewater sample.
9. Estimation of molecular weight of the polymer using viscometer.
10. Estimation of copper in the given solution by Iodometric method.
Total: 30
REFERENCES:
1. Tamilarasan K. and Prabu K., “Physics Laboratory Manual”, 1st Edition, SCM Publishers, Erode, 2020.
2. Palanisamy P.N., Manikandan P., Geetha A. and Manjula Rani K., “Chemistry Laboratory Manual”, 1st Edition, Kalaikathir
Publishers, Coimbatore, 2020.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 determine the Young‟s modulus of stainless steel using the concepts of elasticity and bending moment of a Applying (K3),
beam and to determine the specific resistance of non-ferrous materials using the concept of electrical Precision (S3)
conductivity, and to determine the thickness of metallic glass thin films using the concept of interference of
light.
CO2 determine the thermal conductivity of bio-ceramic materials using concept of heat conduction through Applying (K3),
materials, and to determine the wavelength of electromagnetic waves (visible part of Hg spectrum) using the Precision (S3)
concept of diffraction of light. Demonstrate the viscometer to estimate the molecular weight of the polymer
and to determine the amount of chloride and copper in the given solution.
CO3 estimate the amount of chromium and DO in the given wastewater. Applying (K3),
Precision (S3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3
CO2 3
CO3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‟s Taxonomy

20MTL21 - ELECTRON DEVICES AND DIGITAL CIRCUITS LABORATORY

 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
Prog. & Branch BE – Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Pre requisite Nil 2 ES 0 0 2 1

Preamble This course provides hands on training to analyze the characteristics of semiconductor devices and design of the
amplifiers and digital circuits.

List of Exercises / Experiments:

1. Verification of Ohm‘s law, Kirchhoff‘s Law
2. Verification of Series and Parallel Circuits
3. Characteristics of semiconductor diode and zener diode
4. Input and output characteristics of transistor under CE configuration
5. Drain characteristics of FET
6. Half wave and Full wave rectifier
7. Verification of Boolean theorems using digital logic gates
8. Design and implementation of binary adder and subtractor
9. Design and implementation of multiplexer and de-multiplexer
10. Design and implementation of encoder and decoder
11. Design of Counters
12. Design of Shift Register
Total: 30
REFERENCES:
1. Laboratory Manual

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 verify basic laws of DC circuit and boolean function Understanding (K2),
Imitation (S1)
CO2 analyze the characteristics of semiconductor devices and its application Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)
CO3 design the combinational circuits and the sequential circuits Analyzing (K4),
Precision (S3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‘s Taxonomy
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MAT31 - PROBABILITY AND PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
(Common to AUTO, CIVIL, MECH, MTS, CHEM & FT branches)

Programme &
B.E. & Civil Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 3 BS 3 1 0 4

Preamble To provide the skills for solving the real time engineering problems involving partial differential equations and impart
knowledge in applying probability concepts in their respective fields and express functions in terms of Fourier series.
Unit - I Random Variables: 9+3
Introduction to Probability – Definition of random variable – Discrete and Continuous random variables – Probability Mass and
Probability density functions – Mathematical expectation and Variance – Moments – Moment generating functions.
Unit - II Standard Probability Distributions: 9+3
Discrete Distributions: Binomial distribution – Poisson distribution – Geometric distribution – Continuous Distributions: Uniform
distribution – Exponential distribution – Normal distribution.
Unit - III Fourier Series: 9+3
Dirichlet‘s conditions – General Fourier series – Change of interval – Odd and even functions – Half range Sine series – Half range
Cosine series – Harmonic analysis.
Unit - IV Partial Differential Equations: 9+3
Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions – Lagrange‘s linear equation –
Solution of homogeneous linear partial differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients.
Unit - V Applications of Partial Differential Equations: 9+3
Classification of second order quasi linear partial differential equations – Solutions of one dimensional wave equation – One
dimensional heat equation – Steady state solution of two dimensional heat equation (excluding insulated edges).

Lecture: 45, Tutorial: 15, Total: 60

TEXT BOOK:
1. Ravish R Singh, Mukul Bhatt ―Engineering Mathematics‖, 1st Edition, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2016.

REFERENCES:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, 10th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Limited, 2019.
2. Veerarajan T., ―Transforms and Partial Differential Equations‖, 3rd Reprint, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,2013.

3. Jay L. Devore., ―Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences‖, 9th Edition, Cengage Learning, USA, 2016.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 interpret the concept of random variables. Applying (K3)
CO2 implement the exact distribution for solving engineering problems. Applying (K3)
CO3 express the given function or data in terms of Fourier series. Applying (K3)
CO4 formulate and solve higher order partial differential equations Applying (K3)
CO5 apply Fourier series techniques in solving one and two dimensional heat flow problems and one
Applying (K3)
dimensional wave equations.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 1
CO2 3 3 2
CO3 3 2 ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY
CO4
Test / Bloom’s3 3 1
Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating
Total %
CO5
Category* 3 3 (K1) %2 (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) %
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial,
CAT1 10 BT- Bloom‘s
10 Taxonomy 80 - - - 100
CAT2 10 10 80 - - - 100
CAT3 10 10 80 - - - 100
ESE 10 20 70 - - - 100

* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20CSC31 – PROGRAMMING IN C
Programme & Branch All BE/BTech Engineering & Technology branches Sem Categor L T P Credi
except
CSE, IT . y t
Prerequisities NIL 2/3 ES 3 0 2 4

Preamble The course is designed for use by freshmen students taking their first course in programming. It deals with the techniques needed
to practice computational thinking, the art of using computers to solve problems and the ways the computers can be used to solve
problems. This course also focuses on developing programming skills using C language.
Unit - I Introduction to Computer and Problem Solving: 9
Overview of computers : Types, Generations, Characteristics, Basic computer Organization – Problem solving techniques: Algorithms -
Flowcharts – Pseudo codes – Structuring the logic: Sequential, selection and repetitive structure
Unit - II Introduction to C and Control Statements: 9
The structure of a C program – Compiling and executing C program – C Tokens – Character set in C – Keywords – identifiers- Basic data
Types
– Variables – constants – Input/Output statements – operators - decision making and looping statements
Unit - III Arrays and Functions: 9
Declaring, initializing and accessing arrays – operations on arrays – Two dimensional arrays and their operations. Functions : Introduction- Using
functions, function declaration and definition – function call – return statement – passing parameters to functions: basic data types and arrays –
storage classes – recursive functions
Unit - IV Strings and Pointers: 9
Strings :Introduction – operations on strings : finding length, concatenation, comparing and copying – string and character manipulation
functions, Arrays of strings. Pointers : declaring pointer variables – pointer expression and arithmetic, passing arguments to function using
pointers -pointers and 1D arrays –arrays vs pointers , pointers and strings,
Unit - V User-defined Data Types and File Handling: 9
User-defined data types: Structure: Introduction – nested structures– arrays of structure – structure and functions -unions – enumerated data
type. File Handling : Introduction - opening and closing files – reading and writing data to files -Manipulating file position indicator : fseek(),
ftell() and rewind()

List of Exercises:
1. Writing algorithms and drawing flowcharts using Raptor Tool for problems involving sequential, Selection and repetition structures
2. Programs for demonstrating the use of different types of operators like arithmetic, logical, relational and ternary operators
3. Programs using decision making and repetitive statements
4. Programs for demonstrating one-dimensional and two-dimensional numeric array
5. Programs to demonstrate modular programming concepts using functions and strings (Using built-in and user-defined functions)
6. Programs to illustrate the use of structures and pointers
7. Programs to implement file operations

Lecture:45, Practical : 30, Total:75

TEXT BOOK:
1. Reema Thareja, ―Programming in C ‖, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2018.
REFERENCES:
1. Yashavant Kanetkar, "Let us C", 16th Edition, BPB Publications, 2018.
2. Sumitabha Das, ―Computer Fundamentals and C Programming‖, 1st Edition, McGraw Hill, 2018.
3. Balagurusamy E., "Programming in ANSI C", 7th Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1: outline the basics of computers and apply problem solving techniques to express the solutionfor the Applying (K3)
given problem
CO2: identify the appropriate looping and control statements in C and develop applications usingthese Applying (K3)
* statements
CO3: develop simple C programs using the concepts of arrays and modular programming Applying (K3)
CO4: apply the concepts of pointers and develop C programs using strings and pointers Applying (K3)
CO5: make use of user defined data types and file concept to solve given problems Applying (K3)
CO6: demonstrate the execution of flowcharts for the given problem using Raptor Applying (K3),
Precision (S3)
CO7: demonstrate the application of sequential, selective and repetitive control structures Applying (K3),
Precision (S3)
CO8: develop solutions to the given problem using derived /user defined data types and functionsand also Applying (K3),
using file concepts Precision (S3)
±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
/POs
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 2
CO4 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 2
CO6 3 2 2 2 1 1
CO7 3 2 2 2 1 1
CO8 3 2 2 2 1 1
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‘s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test /
Remembering Understanding Analyzing Evaluating Creating
Bloom’s Applying (K3) % Total %
(K1) % (K2) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) %
Category*
CAT1 20 30 50 100
CAT2 10 30 60 100
CAT3 10 30 60 100
ESE 20 30 50 100
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20CSC34 – DATA STRUCTURES USING C

Common to ECE, EEE, E & I, MTS Branches

Programme &
Common to ECE, EEE, E & I , MTS Branches Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Programming in C 3 PC 3 0 2 4

Preamble This course is indented to introduce the concept of elementary data structures and notion of algorithms to
novice learner from cross disciplines in Engineering and Technology.
Unit – I List: 9
Data Structures - Abstract Data Types (ADT) - List ADT and Array Implementation - Linked List - Doubly Linked List - Circular
Linked List – Application : Polynomial Addition

Unit – II Stack and Queues: 9

Stack ADT – Array and Linked List implementation of Stacks - Application: Balancing Parenthesis- Infix to Postfix Conversion -
Postfix Expression Evaluation - Queue ADT – Array and Linked List implementation of Queues - Applications

Unit – III Trees: 9

Trees-Preliminaries – Binary Trees –Binary Tree Traversals - The Search Tree ADT – Binary Search Trees–Priority Queues
(Binary Heap)- Application: Expression Tree

Unit – IV Graphs: 9
Graphs – Definitions – Elementary Graph Operations- Traversals – Shortest-Path Algorithms: Unweighted Shortest Paths –
Dijkstra‟s Algorithm – Minimum Spanning Tree: Prim‟s Algorithm- Kruskal‟s Algorithm – Applications: Biconnectivity.

Unit – V Sorting and Hashing: 9

Sorting - Preliminaries – Insertion Sort – Quicksort – Merge sort – Heapsort – Hashing – General Idea – Hash Function – Separate
Chaining – Open addressing.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS / EXERCISES:

1. Implementation of C programs using pointers

2. Implementation of singly linked list and its operations

3. Implementation of doubly linked list and its operations

4. Implementation of Stack and its operations

5. Implementation of Queue and its operations

6. Implementation of Stack and Queue using Singly Linked List

7. Convert a given In-fix Expression into Post-fix Expression using Stack ADT

8. Evaluate the Post-fix Expression using Stack ADT

9. Implementation of Binary Search Tree traversals

10. Implementation of sorting algorithms: Insertion and Quick sort

Lecture:45, Practical:30, Total:75

TEXT BOOK:

1. Weiss M. A., "Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education Asia, New Delhi, 2016.

REFERENCES/ MANUAL / SOFTWARE:

Horowitz Sahni, Andreson Freed, "Fundamentals of Data Structures in C", 2nd Edition, Universities Press, Hyderabad,
1.
2011.
Langsam Y.M., Augenstein J. and Tenenbaum A. M., “Data Structures using C and C++”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education,
2.
2015.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
Applying (K3)
CO1 apply List ADT for solving the given problems
Precision (S3)
Applying (K3)
CO2 make use of arrays and linked lists to create Stack and Queue ADTs.
Precision (S3)
Applying (K3)
CO3 utilize Tree ADT to develop simple application
Precision (S3)
Applying (K3)
CO4 make use of Graph ADT for standard problems
Precision (S3)
Applying (K3)
CO5 illustrate the use of standard sorting and Hashing Techniques
Precision (S3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
3 2 1 1
CO1
3 2 1 1
CO2
3 2 1 1
CO3
3 2 1 1
CO4
3 2 1 1
CO5

1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 10 40 50 100
CAT2 5 35 60 100
ESE 5 35 60 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1 & 2 – 60 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTT31 KINEMATICS OF MACHINES
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
20MTT11 - Engineering Mechanics,
Prerequisites 3 PC 3 1 0 4
20MEC11 - Engineering Graphics

Preamble This course deals with analysis of velocity, acceleration and synthesis of various simple mechanisms. It provides insight on
generation of cam profile, design of gears & gear trains and stability control using gyroscope mechanisms.
Unit - I Basics and Kinematics of Basic Mechanisms: 9+3
Terminology and Definitions – Kinematics of Links, Pairs and Chains - Degree of Freedom Mobility-Kutzbach criterion - Grashoff's law-
Kinematic Inversions of 4-bar and slider crank mechanism - Mechanical advantage - Transmission angle - Description of common
Mechanisms - Single, double and offset slider mechanisms - Quick return mechanism. Straight line generators - Design of crank-
rocker Mechanism.
Unit - II Velocity and acceleration of mechanisms: 9+3
Displacement, velocity and acceleration -analysis in simple mechanisms -Graphical Method velocity and acceleration polygons –
Relative velocity method, instantaneous centre method – Analytical synthesis of slider crank mechanism - Klien‘s construction for slider
crank mechanism – Coriolis Acceleration component.
Unit - III Kinematics of Cam and Follower: 9+3
Cams- Types of cams and followers, displacement, velocity and acceleration curves for uniform velocity, uniform acceleration and
retardation, SHM and Cycloidal curves. Layout of cam profile - Types with reciprocating and oscillating followers like knife – Edge follower,
roller and flat faced followers.
Unit - IV Kinematics of Gears and Gear Trains: 9+3
Theory of Gearing – gear nomenclature, law of gearing, tooth forms, minimum number of teeth, length of arc of contact, contact ratio and
interference. Gear trains – types, velocity and torque calculation- Parallel axis and epicyclic gear trains.
Unit - V Gyroscopic stability control mechanisms: 9+3
Gyroscopes –Gyroscopic couples – Gyroscopic effects in automobiles, ships and air planes.
Lecture:45, Tutorial:15, Total:60
TEXT BOOK:
1. Khurmi R.S & Gupta K, "Theory of Machines", 14th Revised Edition, S. Chand & Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 2005.
REFERENCES:
1. Rattan S.S, "Theory of Machines", 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2019.

2. Shigley J.E & Uicker J.J, "Theory of Machines and Mechanisms", 4th Edition, Oxford University Press, England, 2014.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 create simple mechanisms based on the degrees of freedom Applying (K3)
CO2 apply the concepts of kinematics to compute the velocity and acceleration for simple mechanisms Applying (K3)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
CO3 design and analyze the profile of various cam mechanisms for different applications Applying (K3)
CO4 solve and evaluate the kinematic aspects of gears and gear trains Applying (K3)
CO5 predict the gyroscopic effect in automobile, aero plane and ship applications Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 10 40 50 100
CAT2 10 40 50 100
CAT3 10 40 50 100
ESE 10 40 50 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTT32 SYSTEMS AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
20MTT11 - Engineering Mechanics,
Prerequisites 20MAC21 - Calculus and Complex Analysis and 3 PC 3 0 0 3
20MTT22 - Electron Devices and Digital Circuits

Preamble This course introduces the fundamental concepts of signals and systems and also promotes an understanding of the control
systems concepts in design and analysis of feedback systems
Unit - I Fundamentals of signals and systems: 9
Standard continuous time signals – Classification of continuous time systems – Laplace transforms: Properties and theorems – Region of
Convergence (ROC) of various classes of systems. Classification of control Systems: Open loop and Closed loop systems –Key elements of
mechatronics system – Mechatronics design process.
Unit - II System Modeling: 9
Mathematical modelling (Differential equation, Transfer function and State space model): Electrical systems - Mechanical systems -
Electromechanical systems (DC motor with/without Gears). Reduction of multiple subsystems: Block diagram reduction - Signal flow graphs.
Unit - III Time Response Analysis: 9
Type and Order of System - First order system - Second order system: Classification and nature of response - Step response of second order
underdamped System - Time domain specifications – Error analysis – Concepts of stability: Routh Hurwitz Criterion.
Unit - IV Frequency Response Analysis: 9
Frequency domain specifications – Bode plot - Polar plot - Nyquist stability criterion.
Unit - V Compensator Design: 9
Need for compensator - Types of compensation - Root Locus Technique - Design of lag and lead compensator using Root Locus.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Salivahanan S., Rengaraj R. & Venkatakrishnan G.R., "Control Systems Engineering", 1st Edition, Pearson Education India, New Delhi,
2015.
REFERENCES:
1. Anand Kumar A., "Signals and systems", 3rd Edition, PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Nagrath I.J. & Gopal M., "Control Systems Engineering", 6th Edition, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2018.
3. Norman S. Nise, "Control Systems Engineering", 7th Edition, Wiley India Private Ltd, New Delhi, 2015.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 classify various types of continuous time signals and systems and analyze using Laplace transform Applying (K3)
CO2 develop the mathematical model of electrical, mechanical and electromechanical systems Applying (K3)
CO3 analyze the time domain response of first and second order systems Applying (K3)
CO4 assess the stability of systems in time domain and frequency domain Applying (K3)
CO5 analyze the frequency response of systems and design the compensator for uncompensated open loop Applying (K3)
system
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs
COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 3
CO2 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 3
CO5 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 20 60 100
CAT2 20 20 60 100
CAT3 20 20 60 100
ESE 20 20 60 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTT33 ELECTRICAL MACHINES
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites 20MTT22 Electronics Devices and Digital Circuits 3 PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course provides the knowledge about construction, working principle, starting and speed control techniques of
various electrical machines used in real time application.
Unit - I DC Machines: 9

Introduction- Electromagnetism- Classification of electrical machines– Static and Dynamic induced EMF – Construction and Principle of
operation of DC machines – Types - EMF equation and Back EMF- Torque equation, Characteristics of series and shunt motor –
Starters: 3-point starter – Speed control: Armature and Field control-electric braking.

Unit - II Transformer and Synchronous Machines: 9

Construction and Principle of operation of single-phase transformer-EMF equation- Transformer losses - OC and SC test -
Autotransformer. Alternator: Construction and Principle of operation- EMF equation. Synchronous motor: Construction and Principle of
operation - Starting methods– Applications.
Unit - III Three phase Induction Motor: 9

Construction and Principle of operation- Torque equation-Starters: DOL and Star/Delta starter. Speed control: Voltage, Frequency, V/f –
Applications. Induction generator.

Unit - IV Single Phase Induction Motor and Stepper Motor: 9

Single phase Induction motor: Construction and Principle of operation - Double field revolving theory -Types-Applications. Stepper
motor: Classifications- Construction and Principle of operation –Types - Applications.

Unit - V Special Machines: 9

Servo mechanism – DC Servo motor - AC Servo motor – Applications. Construction, Operation and Applications of: Brushless
permanent magnet DC motor –Universal motor– Switched reluctance motor-Linear induction motor.

Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Mehta V.K. & Rohit Mehta, "Principles of Electrical Machines", 2nd Edition, S.Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2018.
REFERENCES:
1. Theraja B.L. & Theraja A.K., "A Text Book of Electrical Technology – Volume 2", 2nd Edition, S.Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2017.
2. Takashi Kenjo, "Stepping Motors and their Microprocessor Controls", 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, USA, 2003.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 explain the construction and operation of DC Machines Understanding (K2)
CO2 assess the performance characteristics of transformer and demonstrate the operation of synchronous Applying (K3)
machines
CO3 elaborate the functions of synchronous machines and its applications Understanding (K2)

CO4 summarize the working principle and operation of single phase induction motor and stepper motor Understanding (K2)

CO5 select the appropriate special machine for real time applications Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 3
CO4 3 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 10 50 40 100
CAT2 20 50 30 100
CAT3 15 50 35 100
ESE 20 50 30 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTT34 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 3 PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course provides an overview of a wide variety of manufacturing processes like foundry technology, metal forming, metal
removal, metal joining and metal finishing process to fabricate various machine element parts.
Unit – I Foundry Technology: 9
Introduction to Molding and Casting - Molding sand: types, properties - Preparation of green sand molding - Pattern making: Pattern
materials, types and allowances - Core making: types of core, core materials, making of cores - Casting methods: Die casting, Centrifugal
Castings, Investment Casting and Shell mold Casting - Defects in casting.
Unit - II Metal Forming Processes: 9
Rolling: Introduction, Rolling mills, Rolling operations - Extrusion: Forward and Backward extrusion - Production of seamless tubing and
pipes - Cold and Hydrostatic Extrusion - Drawing: Hot and Cold drawing - Deep drawing - Tube and wire drawing - Sheet metal and forging
operations
Unit - III Metal Removal Processes: 9
Lathe: types, main parts and operations - single point cutting tool nomenclature - Drilling Machine: Types, operations, types of drills - Twist
drill nomenclature - Reaming and tapping - Milling Machine: Types, operations - types of milling cutters - Shaper and Planer: types, main
parts, operations. (Numerical problems in Lathe, Drilling and Milling operations)
Unit - IV Metal Joining Processes: 9
Classification of Welding Process - Fusion Welding Processes: Arc Welding - Gas Tungsten Arc welding - Gas Metal Arc Welding - Electron
Beam Welding - Laser Beam Welding - Solid State Welding: Cold Welding - Ultrasonic Welding - Friction Welding - Resistance Welding -
Explosive Welding - Gas welding: Oxy – Acetylene welding process - Weld defects: types, causes and cure - Brazing and soldering:
Concepts and applications.
Unit – V Metal Finishing Processes: 9
Grinding Machine: Methods of grinding - Types of grinding machines - Grinding wheel and its selection – Lapping – Honing - Super finishing
- Broaching Machine: pull type and push type broachers - broaching machine types and operations.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Kaushish J.P., "Manufacturing Processes", 2nd Edition, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
REFERENCES:
1. Kalpakjian S. & Schmid R., "Manufacturing Engineering and Technology", 7th Edition, Pearson Education, India, 2018.
2. Rao P.N., "Manufacturing Technology, Volume I & II", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2014.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 demonstrate the various foundry techniques like pattern making, molding, casting, melting furnaces and Understanding (K2)
inspection
CO2 categorize various forming processes involving bulk forming and sheet metal operations Understanding (K2)
CO3 choose the metal removal process according to the material and geometrical design Applying (K3)
CO4 select the metal joining process based on the properties of base metal Understanding (K2)
CO5 recommend the various metal finishing processes for surface finishing operations Understanding (K2)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1
CO4 3 3 1 1 2 2 2
CO5 3 1 1 1 2 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 25 75 100
CAT2 15 55 30 100
CAT3 25 75 100
ESE 20 60 20 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTL31 ELECTRICAL MACHINES AND CONTROL LABORATORY
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
20MTL21 Electronics Devices and Digital Circuits
Prerequisites 3 PC 0 0 2 1
Laboratory
Preamble This course aided to understand the characteristics behaviour of electrical machines through practical realization. It
also intended to design, develop and analyze the open loop and closed loop control systems.

List of Exercises / Experiments:

1. Load characteristics of DC series motor
2. Speed control of DC shunt motor
3. Open circuit and short circuit tests on single phase transformer.
4. Load test on three phase alternator
5. Load test on three phase squirrel cage induction motor
6. Regulation of three phase alternator by EMF method
7. Development and analysis of mechanical translational system
8. Development and analysis of mechanical rotational system
9. Development and analysis of electrical system using op-amp
10. Development and analysis of electromechanical system using gears
11. Closed loop analysis of PID controller for position control system
12. Design of compensators for first order systems
Total:30
REFERENCES/MANUAL/SOFTWARE:
1. Mehta V.K. & Rohit Mehta, "Principles of Electrical Machines", 2nd Edition, S.Chand& Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2018.
2. Salivahanan S., Rengaraj R. & Venkatakrishnan G.R. , "Control Systems Engineering", 1st Edition, Pearson Education India, New Delhi,
2015.
3. Laboratory Manual

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 Analyzing (K4),
analyze the performance characteristics of DC machines, AC machines and transformers
Precision (S3)
CO2 Creating (K6),
design, develop and analyze the control systems concepts for real time applications
Precision (S3)
CO3 design, develop and implement compensator and controller for closed loop system Creating (K6),
Precision (S3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

20MTL32 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES LABORATORY

Programme & B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 3 PC 0 0 2 1
This course provides hands-on training to various manufacturing processes and to produce the mechanical
Preamble
components using different machine tools.

List of Exercises / Experiments :

1. Lathe operations: Step turning, Taper turning and Knurling
2. Lathe operation: Thread Cutting
3. Lathe operation: Eccentric turning
4. Milling machine operation: Spur gear milling / Contour / Key way milling
5. Shaper / planner machine operation: Key way / Dove tail shape Cutting
6. Drilling machine operations: Drilling, Reaming and Tapping
7. Grinding machine operations: Surface grinding and Cylindrical grinding
8. Preparation of mould for sand casting using single piece / split patterns
9. Practice a butt / lap joint using the given metal strips by Arc / Gas welding
10. Practice a butt / lap joint using the given metal strips by TIG / MIG / Spot welding
Total:30
REFERENCES/MANUAL/SOFTWARE:
1. Laboratory Manual

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
Applying (K3),
CO1 develop the various mechanical components using centre lathe through single point and multi point cutting tool
Precision (S3)
develop the various mechanical components using special machines like milling machine, Shaper and drilling Applying (K3),
CO2
machine Precision (S3)
Applying (K3),
CO3 develop the surfaces of machining parts with high finishing using surface and cylindrical grinder
Precision (S3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 3
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MAT41 – STATISTICS AND NUMERICAL METHODS

(Common to all Engineering and Technology Branches except ECE, CSE and IT)

Programme &
B.E – Civil Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 4 BS 3 1 0 4

Preamble To impart knowledge in testing of samples, ANOVA and interpolation. Also develop skills to apply numerical algorithms to
identify roots of algebraic and transcendental equations and solve linear and ordinary differential
equations.
Unit - I Testing of Hypothesis: 9+3
Introduction – Critical region and level of significance – Types of Errors – Large sample tests: Z-test for single proportion and difference
of two sample proportions – Z-test for single mean and difference of means – Small sample tests: Student‘s t-test for testing significance
of single mean and difference of means – F-test for comparison of variances – Chi-square test: Test of
goodness of fit – Test of independence of attributes.
Unit - II Design of Experiments: 9+3
Introduction – Analysis of variance – One way classification: Completely Randomized Design – Two way classification:
Randomized Block Design – Three way classification: Latin Square Design.
Unit - III Solution to Algebraic and Transcendental Equations: 9+3
Method of false position – Newton-Raphson method – Solution of linear system of equations – Direct methods: Gauss eliminationmethod
and Gauss - Jordan method – Iterative methods: Gauss Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel methods.
Unit - IV Interpolation, Numerical Differentiation and Integration: 9+3
Interpolation: Interpolation with equal intervals: Newton‗s forward and backward difference formulae – Interpolation with unequal intervals:
Lagrange‘s interpolation formula – Newton‘s divided difference formula.
Numerical Differentiation and Integration: Differentiation using Newton‗s forward, backward and divided difference formulae –
Numerical integration: Trapezoidal rule – Simpsons 1/3rd rule.
Unit - V Numerical Solution of First order Ordinary Differential Equations: 9+3
Single step methods: Taylor series method – Euler method – Modified Euler method – Fourth order Runge-Kutta method – Multistep
methods: Milne‘s predictor corrector method – Adam‘s Bashforth method.

Lecture: 45, Tutorial: 15, Total: 60

TEXT BOOK:
1. Veerarajan T, Ramachandran T., ―Statistics and Numerical Methods‖, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, NewDelhi,
2018.

REFERENCES:
1. Walpole R.E., Myers R.H., Myers S.L. and Ye K., "Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists", 9th Edition, PearsonEducation,
Asia, 2012.
2. Jay L. Devore., ―Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences‖, 9th Edition, Cengage Learning, USA, 2016.
3. Steven C. Chapra, Raymond P. Canale., ―Numerical Methods for Engineers‖, 7th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2014.
4. Ravish R.Singh, Mukul Bhatt ―Engineering Mathematics‖, 1st Edition, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2016.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 apply statistical tests for solving engineering problems involving small and large sample tests. Applying (K3)
CO2 handle experimental data with the knowledge of ANOVA. Applying (K3)
CO3 apply various numerical techniques to solve algebraic and transcendental equations Applying (K3)
CO4 compute intermediate values of given data, numerical derivatives and integral values Applying (K3)
CO5 obtain the solution of first ordinary differential equations by numerical methods. Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 3
CO2 3 2 1 3
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 3 2
CO5 3 3 1
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‘s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating
Total %
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) %
CAT1 10 20 70 100
CAT2 10 20 70 100
CAT3 10 20 70 100
ESE 10 30 60 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)

20CSC41 – PYTHON PROGRAMMING

 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
(Common to all BE/BTech Engineering & Technology branches except CSE, IT )

Programme & All BE/BTech Engineering & Technology branches

Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch except CSE, IT
Prerequisites NIL 3/4 ES 3 0 2 4

Preamble This course introduces the core python programming. It emphasizes on developing python programs with all datatypes,
functions, classes, objects and numpy
Unit - I Introduction: 9
Introduction: Problem solving strategies – program design tools – Types of errors – Testing and Debugging- Basics: Literals – variables
and identifiers – data types - input operation – comments – reserved words – indentation – Operators and Expressions – Decision Control
Statements:Introduction – conditional statement – iterative statements – Nested Loops – break,continue and pass
statements – else in loops.
Unit - II Lists,Tuples and Dictionary: 9
Lists,Tuples and Dictionary:Lists:Access, update, nested, cloning, operations, methods , comprehensions, looping - Tuple:Create,
utility, access, update, delete, operations, assignments, returning multiple values, nested tuples, index and count method -Dictionary: Create,
access, add and modify, delete, sort, looping, nested, built-in methods – list vs tuple vs dictionary.
Unit - III Strings and Regular Expressions: 9
Strings and Regular Expressions:Strings:Concatenation , append, multiply on strings – Immutable – formatting operator – Built-instring
methods and functions – slice operation – functions – operators – comparing – iterating – string module – Regular
Expressions – match, search, sub, findall and finditer functions – flag options.
Unit - IV Functions and Modules: 9
Functions and Modules: Functions:Introduction - definition – call – variable scope and lifetime – return statement – function
arguments – lambda function – documentation strings – programming practices recursive function- Modules:Modules – packages –
standard library methods – function redefinition.
Unit - V Object Orientation, NumPy and Matplotlib: 9
Object Orientation: Class and Objects:Class and objects – class methods and self – constructor – class and object variables –destructor –
public and private data member.NumPy :NumPy Arrays – Computation on NumPy Arrays. Matplotlib : Line plots –
Scatter Plots

List of Exercises / Experiments :

1. Programs using conditional and looping statements
2. Implementation of list and tuple operations
3. Implementation of dictionary operations
4. Perform various string operations
5. Use regular expressions for validating inputs
6. Demonstration of different types of functions and parameter passing
7. Develop programs using classes and objects
8. Perform computation on Numpy arrays
9. Draw different types of plots using Matplotlib

Lecture:45, Practical:30, Total:75

 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
TEXT BOOK:
1. Reema Thareja, "Python Programming using Problem Solving Approach", 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2017.

REFERENCES:
1. Nageswara Rao, "Core Python Programming", 2nd Edition, DreamTech Press, New Delhi, 2018.
2. Jake Vander Plas , "Python Data Science Handbook Essential Tools for Working with Data", 1st Edition, O'Reilly Media, , 2016.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 make use of basic python constructs to write simple programs. Applying (K3)
CO2 apply list, tuple and dictionary to handle variety of data. Applying (K3)
CO3 apply strings and regular expression for searching in a string. Applying (K3)
CO4 solve the problems using functions and modules. Applying (K3)
CO5 understand the class and object and apply inheritance in programming. Applying (K3)
CO6 implement the basic data types and control statements. Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)
CO7 demonstrate functions, regular expressions and object oriented concepts. Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)
CO8 perform numpy operations and analyse results using matplotlib Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/Pos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1
CO2 3 2 1 1
CO3 3 2 1 1
CO4 3 2 1 1
CO5 3 2 1 1
CO6 3 2 1 1
CO7 3 2 1 1
CO8 3 2 1 1
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‘s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 25 25 50 100
CAT2 20 20 60 100
CAT3 20 20 60 100
ESE 25 25 50 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)

20MTT41 MACHINE DYNAMICS

 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
20MEC11 - Engineering Mechanics,
Prerequisites 20MTT32 –Systems and Control Engineering, 4 PC 3 1 0 4
20MTT31 - Kinematics of Machines

Preamble This course aims to impart knowledge on force analysis of various static & dynamic members, balancing of
rotating & reciprocating masses in various types of engines and impact of free and forced vibration in
various systems. It also emphasis on compensator design based on governors and automatic control of dynamic
systems.
Unit - I Force Analysis: 9
Inertia forces and D‘Alembert‘s principle–Inertia force analysis in reciprocating engines – Gas forces – Equivalent masses –Bearing
loads – Crank shaft torque – Fly wheels–turning moment diagrams and fluctuation of energy in reciprocating engine mechanisms,
coefficient of fluctuation of energy and speed, weight of flywheel.
Unit - II Balancing of Masses: 9
Static and dynamic balancing –Balancing of rotating masses –Balancing of single cylinder Engine –Balancing of Multi-cylinder
Engine –Partial balancing of locomotive Engines – Balancing of radial engine – Direct and reverse crank method
Unit - III Free and Damped Vibrations: 9
Basic features of vibratory systems–types–Single degree of freedom system –Longitudinal Vibrations, Transverse vibration of
beams–Natural frequency by energy method, Dunkerly‘s method-Critical speed damped free vibration of single degree freedom
system-Types of damping–free vibration with viscous damping, Critically damped system, under damped system.
Unit - IV Forced and Torsional Vibrations: 9
Response to periodic forcing –Harmonic Forcing –Forcing caused by unbalance – Support motion-Logarithmic decrement-
magnification factor – Force transmissibility and amplitude transmissibility – Vibration isolation. Torsional systems- Natural frequency
of single, two and three rotor systems, Torsionally Equivalent System – Stepped shaft and Geared shaft
Unit - V Control Mechanisms and Goverenor: 9
Types – Centrifugal governors – Gravity controlled and spring controlled centrifugal governors – Characteristics – Effect of friction –
Controlling Force. Automatic control of mechanical systems- Transfer function- viscous damped output
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Rattan S.S, "Theory of Machines", 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2019.
REFERENCES:
1. Khurmi R.S & Gupta K, "Theory of Machines", 14th Revised Edition, S. Chand & Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Shigley J.E & Uicker J.J, "Theory of Machines and Mechanisms", 4th Edition, Oxford University Press, England, 2014.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
CO1 assess inertia force, torque for reciprocating mechanisms and parameters of flywheel Applying (K3)
CO2 analyze the static and dynamic unbalance of revolving and reciprocating masses Analyzing (K4)
CO3 evaluate, analyze and demonstrate the frequencies of free and damped vibrations Analyzing (K4)
CO4 evaluate the frequencies of forced and torsional vibration systems Analyzing (K4)
CO5 estimate the characteristics of different types of centrifugal governors Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 1 1 2 3
CO2 2 3 3 2 2 2 3
CO3 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO4 2 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO5 2 3 3 1 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 10 20 50 20 100
CAT2 30 40 30 100
CAT3 10 20 50 20 100
ESE 10 20 40 30 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)

20MTT42 SENSORS AND SIGNAL CONDITIONING

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites 20PHT11 - Applied Physics 4 PC 3 0 0 3
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

Preamble To make students familiar about measurement methods, construction and working principle of sensors and signal
conditioning circuits.
Unit - I Introduction to Measurement Systems: 9
Functional elements of measurement system – Methods of measurement – Classification of instruments – Measurement system errors -
Error analysis – Static and dynamic characteristics of transducers – Classification of transducers – Selection of transducers – Calibration
of instruments.
Unit - II Non-Electrical Transducers: 9
Temperature Measurement: Filled system thermometer, Bimetallic thermometer. Pressure transducers: Elastic transducers, Bourdon
gauge, Bellows and Diaphragm. Vacuum measurement: McLeod gauge, Thermal conductivity gauge – Ionization gauge. Flow
measurement: Rotameter- Orifice. Level measurement: Float gauges.
Unit - III Electrical Transducers: 9
Resistive transducers: Potentiometer, RTD, Thermistor – Thermocouple – Strain gauge – Torque measurement – Force measurement –
Radiation measurement using pyrometers. Inductive transducer: LVDT, RVDT – Capacitive transducer.
Unit – IV Basics of Operational Amplifiers: 9
Ideal operational amplifier — General operational amplifier stages – Pin diagram & internal circuit diagrams of IC 741, DC and AC
performance characteristics. Op – AMP Applications: Inverting and Non-inverting amplifiers, V-to-I and I-to-V converters, Adder,
Subtractor, Integrator, Differentiator, Instrumentation amplifier.
Unit – V Signal Converters and Conditioning: 9
Converters: Design of S/H circuit, D/A converter (weighted resistor and R- 2R ladder types), A/D converters (Flash type, Successive
approximation types) using op-amps. Signal Conditioning: DC bridges: Classification of resistances – Wheatstone bridge. AC bridges:
Introduction –Sources and Detectors – Maxwell‘s inductance bridge – Wien‘s bridge.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Sawhney A.K., A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai & Co, New Delhi, 2015.
2. D Choudhury Roy., “Linear Integrated Circuits ", 2nd Edition, New Academic Science, New Delhi, 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. John G. Webster, “Measurement, Instrumentation, and Sensors Handbook”, 2nd Edition, CRC Press, United States, 2018.
2. Ramon Pallas. Arney, and John G.Webster., Sensors and Signal Conditioning, Second Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 infer the basic concepts of measurement system Understanding (K2)
CO2 select suitable non-electrical, electrical transducers and sensors for various measurements Understanding (K2)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
CO3 identify suitable electrical transducers and sensors for electrical measurements Understanding (K2)
CO4 Infer the basic concepts of operational amplifier and its various applications Understanding (K2)
CO5 Select a suitable signal conditioning system to enhance the quality of signal Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 3 3 1 2 2
CO2 2 3 3 1 3 3
CO3 2 3 3 1 3 3
CO4 2 3 3 1 3 3
CO5 2 3 3 1 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 70 10 100
CAT2 20 80 - 100
CAT3 20 60 20 100
ESE 20 60 20 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTL41 SENSORS AND SIGNAL CONDITIONING LABORATORY
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 4 PC 0 0 2 1
This course enables the student to understand the concept behind working of various types of Sensors used in
Preamble
Industries to measure various physical parameters.

List of Exercises / Experiments:

1. Measurement of temperature using Thermistor
2. Measurement of temperature using Thermocouple & RTD
3. Measurement of displacement using POT, LVDT & Capacitive transducer
4. Measurement of Torque, Strain and Force using strain gauge
5. Flow measurement using Orifice meter and Rotameter
6. Diaphragm based Pressure measurement
7. Capacitive based Level Measurement
8. Measurement of magnetic field strength using hall effect sensor
9. Design of two stage Instrumentation amplifier
10. Measurement of unknown Resistance using Wheatstone Bridge
11. Measurement of unknown Inductance using Maxwell Bridge
12. Measurement of unknown Capacitance using Schering Bridge
Total:30
REFERENCES/MANUAL/SOFTWARE:
1. Laboratory Manual

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 measure physical parameters using sensors for industrial measurement applications. Applying (K3),
Imitation (S1)
CO2 conduct and analyze the influence of dynamic factors that affect the characteristics of measurement Applying (K3),
system. Imitation (S1)

CO3 demonstrate use of measurement bridges for signal conditioning applications Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 3 1 2 2 2 3 3
CO2 3 2 1 3 1 2 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 1 3 1 2 2 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTL42 COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING LABORATORY
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites 20MEC11 Engineering Drawing 4 PC 0 0 2 1
Preamble This course aids to design the mechanical and electrical components drawing using computer-aided tool.

List of Exercises / Experiments:

1. Introduction to machine drawing - dimensioning, sectional views, abbreviations and conventions, welding symbols, surface
finish symbols, limits, fits and tolerances.
2. Free hand sketching of machine elements - keys, pin joints, fasteners, hexagonal and square head bolts and nuts,
conventional representation of threads.
3. Part and assembly drawing of spigot and cotter joint for Robotic arm using AUTOCAD.
4. Part and assembly drawing of bearings / valves using AUTOCAD.
5. Part and assembly drawing of connecting rod / Robotic Manipulators using AUTOCAD.
6. Study of electrical and electronic symbols.
7. Circuit design of solid-state emergency light and beeper circuit using AUTOCAD Electrical.
8. Design of DC power supply unit using AUTOCAD Electrical.
9. Line diagram of wiring of a drawing hall using AUTOCAD Electrical.
10. Connection diagram of 3 point starter and DOL starter using AUTOCAD Electrical.
Total:30
REFERENCES/MANUAL/SOFTWARE:
1. Laboratory Manual
2. AUTOCAD Software

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 interpret assembly drawings of machine parts conforming IS conventions Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)
CO2 design the technical drawings for mechatronics related components with exact dimensions through Applying (K3),
appropriate views Manipulation (S2)
CO3 create electrical and electronic drawing circuits for real time application Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 2 2
CO2 2 1 2 1 3 2 2 2 2 2
CO3 2 1 2 1 3 2 2 2 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

20EGL31 ENGLISH FOR WORKPLACE COMMUNICATION

(Common to All Engineering and Technology Branches)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 4 HS 0 0 2 1
This course is designed to impart required levels of fluency in using the English Language at B2 level in the
Preamble
CEFR through activities, hands-on training and application.

List of Exercises / Experiments:

1. Mock Interviews
2. Presentation
3. Group Discussion
4. Reading Aloud
5. Soft Skills
6. Listening Test
Total:30
REFERENCES/MANUAL/SOFTWARE:
1. Sanjay Kumar & Pushp Lata, "Communication Skills", 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2017.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 acquire effective listening and reading skills Understanding (K2),
Imitation (S1)
CO2 acquire and demonstrate appropriate professional skills for the workplace Applying (K3),
Naturalization (S5)
CO3 speak fluently and write meaningfully in English in the given context Applying (K3),
Articulation (S4)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 3 3
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20GET41 - UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES
(Common to All BE/BTech branches)

Programme & All BE/BTech Engineeirng & Technology branches Sem. Category P Credit
L T
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 3/4 HS 2 0 0 2

Preamble To make the student to know what they ‗really want to be‘ in their life and profession, understand the meaning of happiness
and prosperity for a human being. Also to facilitate the students to understanding of harmony at all the levels of human living, and
live accordingly
Unit - I Introduction: 6
Need and Basic Guidelines of Value Education – Content and Process of Value Education – Self Exploration – purpose of self-
Exploration – Content and Process of Self exploration – Natural Acceptance – Realization and Understanding – Basic Human Aspirations
– Continuous Happiness and Prosperity – Exploring Happiness and Prosperity – Basic Requirement for Fulfillment of Human Aspirations
– Relationships – Physical Facilities – Right Understanding.
Unit - II Harmony in the Self and Body: 6
Human Being and Body – Understanding Myself as Co–existence of Self (‗I‘) and Body, Needs of the Self and Body, Activities in the Self
and Body, Self (‗I‘) as the Conscious Entity, the Body as the Material Entity – Exercise – Body as an Instrument– Harmony in the Self (‗I) –
Understanding Myself – Harmony with Body.
Unit - III Harmony in the Family and Society: 6
Harmony in the Family – Justice – Feelings (Values) in Human Relationships – Relationship from Family to Society – Identificationof
Human Goal – Five dimensions of Human Endeavour.
Unit - IV Harmony in Nature and Existence: 6
Order of Nature – Interconnectedness – Understanding the Four order – Innateness – Natural Characteristic – Basic Activity –
Conformance – Introduction to Space – Co–existence of units of Space – Limited and unlimited – Active and No–activity –
Existence is Co–existence.
Unit - V Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional Ethics: 6
Values in different dimensions of Human Living – Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct –Implications of Value based Living –
Identification of Comprehensive Human Goal – Humanistic Education – Universal Human Order – Competence and Issues in
Professional Ethics.
Total: 30
TEXT BOOK:
1. Gaur R.R., Sangal R., Bagaria G.P., ―A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics‖, 1st Edition, ExcellBooks Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 2016.
REFERENCES:
1. Ivan Illich, ―Energy & Equity‖, The Trinity Press, USA, 1974.
2. Schumacher E.F., ―Small is Beautiful: a study of economics as if people mattered‖, Britain, 1973.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest
Level)
CO1 restate the meaning of happiness and prosperity and do a correct appraisal of the current scenarioin Applying
the society (K3)
CO2 distinguish between the Self and the Body, understand the meaning of Harmony in the Self, the Co– Applying
existence of Self and Body (K3)
CO3 infer the value of harmonious relationship based on trust, respect and other naturally acceptable Applying
feelings in human–human relationships and explore their role in ensuring a harmonious society (K3)
CO4 transform themselves to co-exist with nature by realising interconnectedness and four order of Applying
nature (K3)
CO5 distinguish between ethical and unethical practices, and extend ethical and moral practices for a Applying
better living (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs

and PSOs
COs/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
s
CO1 3 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‘s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN -
THEORY
Test /Bloom’s Rememberin Understandin Applying Analyzing Evaluatin Creating Total
Category* g(K1) % g(K2) % (K3) % (K4) % g(K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 25 75 100
CAT2 25 75 100
CAT3 NA
ESE NA
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1, 2 – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTT51 - CNC AND METROLOGY
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Manufacturing Processes 5 PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course provides the concepts of CNC part programming and various measurement techniques
Unit – I Basic Concepts of Metal Cutting and CNC Machines: 9
Introduction – Mechanics of chip formation -Mechanics of oblique cutting - Cutting forces and power- Tool life –Surface finish-
Machinability. CNC machines: Classification – Construction details: Structure, Configuration of CNC system – Compensations for
Machine accuracy – DNC – Adaptive control CNC systems, Drives and Controls - Drive Mechanism, gearbox, Spindle Drives, Axes
drives - Magnetic Levitation and Linear motors. Timing belts and pulleys, Spindle bearing – Arrangement and installation. Slide ways.
Re-circulating ball screws – Backlash measurement and compensation, linear motion guide ways.
Unit – II Tooling for CNC Machines: 9
Interchangeable tooling system – Preset and qualified tools – coolant fed tooling system – Modular fixturing – Quick change tooling
system – Automatic head changers – Tooling requirements for Turning and Machining centres – Tool holders – Tool assemblies –
Tool Magazines – ATC Mechanisms – Automatic Pallet Changer-Tool management. Principles of location, clamping and work holding
devices. Economics of CNC Machines and Retrofitting: Factors influencing selection of CNC Machines – Cost of operation of CNC
Machines – Practical aspects of introducing CNC machines in industries – Maintenance features of CNC Machines – Preventive
Maintenance, Other maintenance requirements. Retrofitting.
Unit - III Part Programming of CNC Machines: 9
Part Program Terminology - G and M Codes – Types of interpolation. CNC part programming – Manual part programming (Turning
and Milling).
Unit - IV Linear, Angular and Measurements: 9
Basic concepts: Legal metrology- Precision- Accuracy- Types of errors – Standards of measurement- Traceability – Interchangeability
and selective assembly. Introduction to limits, fits and tolerances, Gauge design- Comparators-Angular measurement: bevel protractor
- Angle gauges - Sine bar. Screw thread metrology: Terminology- Errors in thread, Gears Terminology- Measurement of various
terminology in gears. Surface Finish and Form Measurement: Measurement of surface finish: Terminology – Geometrical irregularities
– Roughness – Waviness. Surface roughness measurement methods.
Unit – V Interferometry and LASER Metrology: 9
Principle of light wave interference – Optical flats -Michelson and NPL flatness interferometer, Laser interferometer. Advances in
Metrology: Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM): Types - Constructional features-Possible causes of errors in CMM - Probing
system – Performance and applications of CMM. Machine Vision System: Applications of machine vision in measurement- In process
and On line measurement.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Narang J.S. & Narang V.D.S, "CNC Machines and Automation", Dhanpat Rai and Co. Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2019 for Units I,II,III.
2. Jain R.K, "Engineering Metrology", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2018, for Units IV, V.
REFERENCES:
1. HMT Limited, "Mechatronics", McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2017.
2. Raghavendra N.V. & Krishnamurthy L, "Engineering Metrology and Measurements", Oxford University Press, India, 2013.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 estimate the parameters of metal cutting and comprehend the basic components, drives and controls Applying (K3)
involved in a CNC system
CO2 select various tooling systems and fixtures for CNC and identify the maintenance features of CNC Understanding (K2)
machines
CO3 develop Part Programming for various machining process Applying (K3)
CO4 infer linear and angular measurements using various instruments and determine the surface roughness Understanding (K2)
CO5 perform the form and profile measurement using Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM) with machine Applying (K3)
vision system

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 40 40 20 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTT52 - MICROCONTROLLER PROGRAMMING AND APPLICATIONS
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Electron Devices and Digital Circuits
Prerequisites 5 PC 3 0 0 3
Problem Solving and Programming

Preamble This course is intended to provide the basic concepts of Microprocessor and Microcontrollers, its architecture,
programming and interfacing with the use of Embedded C programming.
Unit – I 8085 Microprocessor: 9
8085 Architecture – Pin configuration – Memory organization – Addressing modes – Instruction sets – Interrupts – Memory and I/O
Interfacing – Assembly Language Programming.
Unit – II 8051 Microcontroller: 9
Selection of Microcontrollers - 8051 Microcontroller Architecture – Pin configuration – Memory organization –Special function registers
– Program Counter – PSW register – Stack and stack pointer.
Unit - III 8051 Assembly language / Embedded C Programming: 9
Compiler C - Programming Structure, Data types, memory models, Infinite loops and handling interrupts in C - Intel Hex file format.
Instruction sets – Addressing modes – I/O port programming – Timer programming – Counter programming – Serial communication
programming – Interrupt programming.
Unit - IV Peripheral Interfacing: 9
Introduction to Embedded C programming – Peripheral interfacing: Switch keypad, LCD – LED – A/D and D/A converters – High
Power devices using relays. Speed control: DC Motor –Stepper motor, Servo motor.
Unit – V Microcontroller for Mechatronic Systems: 9
Interfacing – Temperature Control System – Pressure Control System – Flow & Level Control System– DC motor speed Control
System - AC Power Control System – Traffic light control application.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Ramesh Goankar, "Microprocessor 8085 Architecture, Programming and Interfacing", 6th Edition, Penram International
publishers, Mumbai, 2013.
2. Mazidi Muhammad Ali, Mazidi Janice Gillispie and McKinlay Rolin, "The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems", 2nd
Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2014.
REFERENCES:
1. Patel, "The 8051 Microcontroller based Embedded Systems", 1st Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi,
2017.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 infer the basic concepts of 8085 microprocessor and 8051 Microcontroller Understanding (K2)
CO2 develop Embedded C assembly language programming for 8051 Microcontroller Applying (K3)
CO3 solve assembly/Embedded C programming using 8051 Microcontroller for a given case study Applying (K3)
CO4 interface analog/digital I/Os with 8051 Microcontroller Applying (K3)
CO5 design a Microcontroller based system for Mechatronics applications Analyzing (K4)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO5 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 30 30 40 100
CAT2 20 30 50 100
CAT3 20 30 50 100
ESE 20 20 60 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTT53 - STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

Programme
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
& Branch
Engineering Mechanics,
Prerequisites 5 PC 3 1 0 4
Matrices and Differential Equations

Preamble To understand the concepts of types of stress, strain, strain energy, principal stress, principal planes and biaxial state of
stress in thin cylinders and spherical shells. Also, estimate and draw the shear force and bending moment diagram due
to external loads and the bending stresses of the beams. Evaluation of Slope and deflection of beams using different
methods and buckling load of a columns and struts. Torsion on circular shaft and estimation of stress acting on the
helical coil springs.
Unit - I Deformation of Solids and Strain Energy: 9+3
Deformation of Solids: Stability- Strength- Stiffness- Tensile- Compressive and Shear stresses - Strain - Poisson’s ratio – lateral
strain- simple and compound bars – Relation between elastic constants – Thermal stresses. Strain Energy: Uniaxial loads- gradually
applied load- suddenly applied load and impact load.
Unit - II Analysis of State of Stress and Biaxial stresses: 9+3
Analysis of State of Stress: Biaxial state of stress – thin cylinders and shells – Deformation in Thin cylinders and spherical shells.
Biaxial stresses: stresses at a point on inclined planes – Principal planes and stresses – Mohr’s circle for biaxial stress- Maximum
shear stress.
Unit - III Transverse Loading on Beams and Stresses in Beams: 9+3
Transverse Loading on Beams: Types - transverse loading in beams-shear force and bending moment in beams – cantilevers- simply
supported and overhanging beams-Point of contraflexure. Stresses in Beams: Theory of simple bending – analysis of stress- load
carrying capacity.
Unit - IV Deflection of Beams and Columns: 9+3
Deflection of Beams: Elastic curve of neutral axis of the beam under normal loads – evaluation of beam deflection and slope - Double
integration method and Macaulay’s method. Columns: End condition –equivalent length of column – Euler’s equation – slenderness
ratio – Rankine’s formula for columns.
Unit - V Torsion on Circular Shafts and Torsion on Springs: 9+3
Torsion on Circular Shafts: Torsion– shear stress distribution – hollow and solid circular section - Torsional rigidity – Torsional
stiffness -torsion on stepped shaft. Torsion on springs: Wahl's correction factor of springs stresses in helical springs under torsion
loads-stiffness and deflection of springs under axial load.

Lecture: 45, Tutorial: 15, Total: 60

TEXT BOOK:
1. Rajput R.K, “Strength of Materials”. 6th Edition, S.Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2018.
REFERENCES:
1. Rattan S.S, “Strength of Materials”. 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd., New Delhi, 2017.
2. Timoshenko S.P, “Elements of Strength of Materials”. 10th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2010.
3. Amrita Virtual Lab
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 analyze the stress, strain and strain energy of simple bars Analyzing (K4)
CO2 analyze the biaxial state of stresses at a point in a body, thin cylinders and spherical shells Analyzing (K4)
CO3 construct the shear force and bending moment diagrams and analyze the bending stresses of beams Analyzing (K4)
CO4 estimate the slope and the deflection of beams and strengths of the columns Analyzing (K4)
CO5 analyze the torsion behavior of shafts and coil springs Analyzing (K4)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 3 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 3 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 2 1 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 15 15 35 35 100
CAT2 15 15 35 35 100
CAT3 15 15 35 35 100
ESE 15 15 35 35 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTL51 - CNC AND METROLOGY LABORATORY
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Manufacturing Processes 5 PC 0 0 2 1
This practical course emphasis on the development of CNC part programming. It also gives practical
Preamble
knowledge on various measurement techniques used in industrial practice.

List of Exercises / Experiments:

1. Study of G codes and M codes for machining centre and turning centre
2. Programming and machining of given component using MTAB trainer machine
3. Programming and machining of given component using CNC turning centre
4. Programming and machining of given component using CNC turning centre
5. CNC code generation of given component using MASTER CAM (Lathe) and interfacing it to CNC turning centre
6. Programming and machining of given component using CNC machining centre
7. Programming and machining of given component using CNC machining centre
8. CNC code generation of given component using MASTER CAM (Mill) and interfacing it to CNC machining centre
9. Calibration of Vernier / Micrometer; static characteristic study- Measurement of Components like V block
10. Calibration of Dial Gauge; static characteristic study; Use of dial gauge as measuring device and Comparator
11. Calibration of profile projector and measurement of micro components
12. Study of Autocollimator, Surface roughness tester and coordinate measuring machine (CMM)
Total:30
REFERENCES/MANUAL/SOFTWARE:
1. Radhakrishnan P, "Computer Numerical Control Machines", New Central Book Agency, India, 2013.
2. Jain R.K, "Engineering Metrology", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2018.
3. Laboratory manual

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 develop part program and execute using CNC machines and draw, simulate a profile using Applying (K3),
MASTERCAM Manipulation (S2)
CO2 interpret the fundamentals of calibration and measurements processes and perform the Applying (K3),
characteristics on instruments Manipulation (S2)
CO3 carry out the linear and angular measurements of various mechanical components Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTL52 - MICROCONTROLLER PROGRAMMING AND APPLICATIONS LABORATORY
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Electron Devices and Digital Circuits Laboratory 5 PC 0 0 2 1
This practical course emphasis on the practical aspects of Microcontroller Assembly/Embedded C
Preamble
programming, simulation and interfacing of hardware used in real time applications

List of Exercises / Experiments :

1. Arithmetic functions using 8085 Microprocessor
2. Arithmetic functions using 8051 Microcontroller
3. Interfacing of switch, LED and seven segment LED
4. Interfacing of LCD with 89c51 Microcontroller
5. DC motor programming for the given case study
6. Stepper motor programming for the given case study
7. Servo motor programming for the given case study
8. Actuation of pneumatic cylinders for the given case study
9. Interfacing of high power devices for the given case study
10. Study on Interfacing sensors, Microcontroller with IoT module
Total:30
REFERENCES/MANUAL/SOFTWARE:
1. Mazidi Muhammad Ali, "The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
2013.
2. Laboratory manual.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 build programming for 8085 microprocessor and 89C51 microcontroller Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)
CO2 verify 89c51 programming logic and interfacing circuits using simulation software Applying (K3),
Precision (S3)
CO3 develop Microcontroller based system for Mechatronics applications Analyzing (K4),
Precision (S3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1 3 1 3
CO2 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 1
CO3 3 3 2 2 1 3 2 3 1
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTL53 - COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Engineering Graphics,
Prerequisites 5 PC 0 0 2 1
Strength of Materials
This practical course is intended to model and analyze different components using CAD packages and CAE
Preamble
tools.

List of Exercises / Experiments :

1. Part and Assembly drawing of Couplings using Pro-E/ SOLIDWORKS
2. Part and Assembly drawing of Bearings using Pro-E/ SOLIDWORKS
3. Part and Assembly drawing of Valves using Pro-E/ SOLIDWORKS
4. Modeling and Drafting of Machine Elements i.e. Tail Stock/ Screw Jack / Connecting Rod using Pro-E/ SOLIDWORKS
5. Structural analysis of a given component using ANSYS
6. Non-linear analysis of a given component using ANSYS
7. Thermal analysis of a given component using ANSYS
8. Contact analysis of a model using ANSYS
9. Modal analysis of an object using ANSYS
10. Vibration analysis of an object using ANSYS
11. Modeling and analyzing of any part models using CAD and CAE packages
12. Stress Analysis of a given model using HYPERMESH
Total:30
REFERENCES/MANUAL/SOFTWARE:
1. Mary Kathryn Thompson & John Martin Thompson, "ANSYS Mechanical APDL for Finite Element Analysis", 1st Edition,
Butterworth-Heinemann , Elsevier, 2017.
2. Modeling and Analysis lab Manual.
3. CATIA / SOLIDWORKS / ANSYS / HYPERMESH

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 interpret drawings and develop machine components using standard CAD packages Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)
CO2 solve the structural, contact and vibration problems with different loadings using analysis Analyzing (K4),
tools Precision (S3)
CO3 explore various CAD and CAE packages Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2
CO2 2 1 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2
CO3 2 1 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20GEL51 PROFESSIONAL SKILLS TRAINING – I

(For all BE/ BTech / MSc /MCA /BSc Branches)

(Common to all Engineering and Technology

Programme & Sem. Category L T P Credit
branches)
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 5 EC 0 0 80 2
Preamble This subject is to enhance the employability skills and to develop career competency
Unit - I Soft Skills – I
Soft skills and its importance: Pleasure and pains of transition from an academic environment to work environment-Need for
change- Fear, stress and competition in the professional world-Importance of positive attitude- Self motivation and continuous
knowledge upgradation-Self-confidence. Professional grooming and practices: Basics of corporate culture-Key pillars of business
etiquette- Basics of etiquette-Introductions and greetings-Rules of the handshake, earning respect, business manners-Telephone
etiquette- Body Language.
Unit - II Quantitative Aptitude & Logical Reasoning - I
Problem solving level I: Number System-LCM &HCF-Divisibility test-Surds and indices-Logarithms- Ratio-proportions and
variation-Partnership-Time speed and distance-Data interpretation-data representation. Logical reasoning: Family tree-
Deductions-Logical connectives-Binary logic Linear arrangements- Circular and complex arrangement
Unit - III Written Communication & Verbal Aptitude
Writing Skills: Writing strategies and formats – Importance of Résumés – Writing a Cover letter – Writing a fresher’s CV /
Résumés – Responding to Job Advertisements – Professional e-mail Writing – Responding to e-mails and business letters –
Technical Report writing – Interpretation of Technical Data (Transcoding) – Writing One-page Essays. Verbal Aptitude –
Synonyms – Antonyms – Homonyms – One word substitution – Idioms and Phrases – Paired words – Analogies –
Spelling test – Cloze test – using suitable verb forms – using appropriate articles and prepositions; Spotting Errors –
Sentence Correction and Formation – Grammar Based questions (Transformation : Active-Passive & Direct-Indirect);
Rearranging Jumbled Sentences & Jumbled paragraphs, Identifying Facts, Inferences and Judgements statements.
TEXT BOOK:
Thorpe, Showick and Edgar Thorpe, “Objective English For Competitive Examination”, 6th Edition, Pearson India Education
1
Services Pvt Ltd, 2017.

REFERENCES:
1 Bailey, Stephen. “Academic Writing: A practical guide for students”, Routledge, New York, 2011.
Raman, Meenakshi and Sharma, Sangeeta. “Technical Communication- Principles and
2
Practice”. 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2015.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
Develop the soft skills of learners to support them work efficiently in an organization as an individual Applying (K3),
CO1
and as a team Precision (S3)
Solve real time problems using numerical ability and logical reasoning Applying (K3),
CO2
Precision (S3)
Apply communication skills effectively to understand and deliver information in various written Applying (K3),
CO3
discourses grammatically with accuracy Precision (S3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 0 0 0 3 3 0 3 0 3 2
CO2 3 2 0 0 0 3 3 0 3 0 3 2
CO3 0 2 0 0 0 3 3 0 3 3 3 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 50 30 100
CAT2 50 50 100
CAT3 50 50 100
ESE NA
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTT61 - PROGRAMMABLE AUTOMATION CONTROLLERS
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Microcontroller Programming and Applications 6 PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course provides deep knowledge about PLC programming, I/O interfacing and development of SCADA for
industrial automation.
Unit - I Device Layer Components: 9
Introduction – Input Devices: Discrete: Pushbuttons –Proximity Sensors – Reed Switches – Encoders - Float switch-Temperature
switch – Pressure switch – Analog: Temperature –Flow–Pressure sensors. Output Devices: Discrete- Relays – Contactors – DOL
Starter - Solenoid valves- Analog: Control valve – VFD – Stepper motor drive – Servo drive.
Unit - II Programmable Logic Controller: 9
Introduction – Architecture of PLC – Principles of operation – Types of PLC - I/O modules: Discrete I/O modules – Analog I/O
modules- Special I/O modules – CPU processor memory module – PLC wiring: Sourcing and sinking concept- Selection,
Maintenance and troubleshooting of PLC.
Unit - III Programming of PLC: 9
Types of PLC Programming- Construction of ladder logic diagram- Simple problems –Instructions: Binary level- Timer – Counter –
Arithmetic – Data and program manipulation Instructions – Programming devices- Application case studies.
Unit - IV Advanced PLC programming and Communication Protocols: 9
Program control instructions- Analog PLC operation – PLC - PID functions – Motion control instructions- HMI interface – Data
communications: Data highway- DeviceNet- ControlNet-EtherNet/IP-Modbus-Fieldbus- Profibus.
Unit - V SCADA: 9
Introduction to HMI – SCADA: Definition – Elements of SCADA – SCADA control – Remote terminal units – Master station –
Applications of SCADA- Developing SCADA for a given case study – IoT based data acquisition using PLC and SCADA

Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Petruzella Frank D., "Programmable Logic Controllers", 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2019.

REFERENCES:
1. Stuart G McCrady, "Designing SCADA application software -A Practical Approach", Elsevier, Netherlands, 2013.
2. Stuart Boyer A, "SCADA Supervisory Control and data acquisition", 4th Edition, ISA, France, 2016.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 infer discrete and analog field devices to be interfaced with PLC Understanding (K2)
CO2 interpret architecture, I/O modules and communication protocols used in PLC Understanding (K2)
CO3 develop the PLC programming using ladder logic diagram for simple industrial case studies Applying (K3)
CO4 implement PLC and HMI for industrial applications Analyzing (K4)
CO5 combine programming concepts of PLC and SCADA to develop industrial control functions Analyzing (K4)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 30 30 40 100
CAT2 20 30 50 100
CAT3 10 30 60 100
ESE 20 30 50 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTT62 – MECHANICS OF SERIAL MANIPULATOR

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Engineering Mechanics,
Prerequisites Kinematics of Machines, 6 PC 3 0 0 3
Machine Dynamics

Preamble This course is intended to provide a detailed understanding of serial manipulator and mathematics behind position,
motion and dynamics of serial manipulator.
Unit - I Fundamentals of Serial Manipulator: 9
History of robotics - Components of industrial robot – Joint notation scheme - Classification of robots - Robot specifications -
Precision of movements - End Effectors: Types of end effectors - Mechanical Gripper: Gripper force analysis - Vacuum cup -
Magnetic gripper - Special types of grippers -. Programming modes - Robot applications.
Unit - II Frame Transformation: 9
Descriptions: Position, Orientation and Frames - Matrix representation: Point, vector, frame and rigid body - Homogeneous
Transformation matrices – Representation: Translation, Rotational and Combined transformation – Simple problems.
Unit - III Robot Kinematics: 9
Forward and inverse kinematics – Equations for position and orientation – Denavit-Hartenberg representation of forward kinematic
equations: Two and Three link planer, PUMA and SCARA - Inverse kinematic equation: Two and three link planar.
Unit - IV Differential Motions and Velocities: 9
Introduction - Linear and angular velocities of a rigid body - Velocity propagation – Derivation of Jacobian for serial manipulator –
Identification of singularities.
Unit - V Trajectory Planning and Robot Dynamics: 9
Joint space trajectory - Cartesian space trajectory – Simple problems. Robot Dynamics: Acceleration of a rigid body - Inertia of a
link - Equation of motion: Legrangian formulation – Newton Euler formulation.

Total: 45

TEXT BOOK:
1. Saeed B. Niku, "Introduction To Robotics: Analysis, Control, Applications", 2nd Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., Noida, 2011.
2. Craig John J., "Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2017.

REFERENCES:
1. Groover M.P., "Industrial Robotics, Technology, Programming and Applications", 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2017.
2. Saha S.K., "Introduction to Robotics", 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Higher Education, New Delhi, 2014.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 interpret the features of a serial manipulator with end effector Applying (K3)
CO2 compute position and orientation based on robot kinematic structure Applying (K3)
CO3 develop the forward and inverse kinematics for serial manipulator Applying (K3)
CO4 analyse the differential motions and velocity of serial manipulator Applying (K3)
CO5 formulate trajectory and robot dynamics Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/Pos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
CO5 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 50 30 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTT63 - FLUID POWER SYSTEMS
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics 6 PC 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course provides knowledge and skill to generate, control and transmission of power using pressurized fluids
Unit - I Fundamentals of Hydraulic System: 9
Basics of fluid power system – Advantages and applications of Fluid power systems – Fluid properties – Pascal’s Law and its
application – Losses in pipes, valves and fittings – Fluid power symbols – Hydraulic pumps: Gear, Vane and Piston pumps, Pump
performance, Characteristics and Selection - Sizing of pumps.
Unit - II Control Components of Hydraulic System: 9
Direction control valves: Three way valve, Four way valve, Check valve and shuttle valve – Actuation mechanisms in DCV –
Pressure control valves: Pressure relief, Pressure Reducing, Counter balance, Sequencing and Unloading Valves – Flow control
valves and its types – Proportional Valves – Servo valves: Mechanical type and Electrohydraulic servo valves.
Unit - III Pneumatic System and Actuators: 9
Properties of Air - Perfect Gas laws – Compressors: piston, screw and vane compressor – Fluid conditioning elements: Filter
Regulator and Lubricator unit, Pneumatic silencers, After coolers, Air dryers – Air control valves – Fluid power actuators: Linear
and Rotary actuators – types – Cushioning mechanism in cylinders – Sizing of actuators.
Unit - IV Fluid Power Circuit Design: 9
Basic pneumatic circuits – Pneumatic vacuum systems –Electrical components and electrical controls for Fluid power circuits –
Cascade Circuit design method (two / three cylinder circuits) – Introduction to Fluid logic devices and applications – Accumulator –
Types and application circuits – Pressure intensifier circuits – PLC applications in Fluid power circuit.
Unit - V Industrial Circuits and Maintenance: 9
Industrial circuits: Speed control circuits – Regenerative cylinder circuits – Pump unloading circuit – Double pump circuit –
Counter balance valve circuit – Hydraulic cylinder sequencing circuit – Automatic cylinder reciprocating circuit – Cylinder
synchronizing circuits – Fail safe circuits - Sealing devices: Types and materials –Safety aspects in Fluid Power System,
Installation, Maintenance and trouble shooting of Fluid Power systems.

Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Esposito Anthony, "Fluid Power with Applications", 7th Edition, Pearson Higher Education, New York, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Jegadeesa T., "Hydraulics and Pneumatics", I.K International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2015.
2. Majumdar S.R., "Oil Hydraulic Systems – Principles and Maintenance", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2017.
3. Majumdar S.R., "Pneumatic Systems – Principles and Maintenance", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2017.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 identify fluid power components and their symbols as used in industry and also select suitable Understanding (K2)
pump for hydraulic power pack
CO2 choose appropriate control valves for fluid power applications Applying (K3)
CO3 select pneumatic components and fluid power actuators for low cost automation Applying (K3)
CO4 design and construct a fluid power circuits real time applications Applying (K3)
CO5 design, construct, test, install, maintain and trouble shoot fluid power circuits for engineering Analyzing (K4)
applications

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2
CO2 2 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 3 3
CO3 2 2 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 3 3
CO4 2 3 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 3 3
CO5 2 3 3 1 3 1 1 1 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 60 20 100
CAT2 20 50 30 100
CAT3 10 40 50 100
ESE 20 45 35 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTL61 - PROGRAMMABLE AUTOMATION CONTROLLERS LABORATORY
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Microcontroller Programming and Applications
Prerequisites 6 PC 0 0 2 1
Laboratory
This laboratory course provides practical realization of PLC programming, I/O interfacing and development
Preamble
of SCADA for industrial automation.

List of Exercises / Experiments:

1. Introduction to PLC programming /simulation/communication software
2. Logical testing of I/Os and its interfacing with PLC
3. Level control using PLC with AUTO/Manual mode
4. Linear and sequential actuation of Pneumatic cylinder with Timer and counter functions
5. Development of HMI for real time parameter monitoring and control with Auto/Manual mode
6. Speed control of motor using soft PLC
7. Temperature control using PLC and HMI along with data logging and trending
8. Pressure Measurement and Flow Control using PLC and HMI with alarm and trend
9. Introduction to Servo control using PLC
10. Servo control application: jogging and profiling
Total:30
REFERENCES/MANUAL/SOFTWARE:
1. Petruzella Frank D., "Programmable Logic Controllers", 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2019.
2. Laboratory manual.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 build and simulate analog and discrete PLC programming Applying (K3),
Precision (S3)
CO2 develop hard wiring with PLC and field I/Os Applying (K3),
Precision (S3)
CO3 develop plant level automation for real process plant control using PLC and SCADA Analyzing (K4),
Precision (S3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 3 1 2 3 2 1 2 3 3
CO2 2 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 1 2 3 2 1 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTL62 - ROBOTICS AND CONTROL LABORATORY
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Microcontroller Programming and Applications
Prerequisites 6 PC 0 0 2 1
Laboratory
The laboratory course on Robotics and Control is intended to provide a practical realization of industrial
Preamble
robot and mobile robot for real time applications.

List of Exercises / Experiments:

1. Study the functions of ABB IRB 1410 and Fanuc ER 4iA industrial robots: components, drive system and end effectors
2. Creation of Tool Centre Point (TCP) and Work Object using ABB IRB 1410 industrial robot
3. Robot programming exercises: Point-to-point and Continuous path programming using ABB Robot Studio
4. Pick and place operation in teach mode using ABB IRB 1410 industrial robot
5. Creation of Tool Centre Point (TCP) and Work Object using Fanuc ER 4iA industrial robot
6. Robot programming exercises: Point-to-point and Continuous path programming using Fanuc ER 4iA
7. Pick and place operation in teach mode using Fanuc ER 4iA industrial robot
8. Motion and Velocity control using Fire Bird – V robot
9. Path planning and Obstacle avoidance using QBot 2E
10. Study of multifunctional Dobot Magician and its multiple accessories: Linear Rail Kit, 3D printer Kit, Conveyor Belt, and
Profile sketching
11. Vision based inspection and sorting of components using Dobot Magician
12. Study the basic structures, functions and control of sixth generation Humanoid Robot: NAO6
Total:30
REFERENCES/MANUAL/SOFTWARE:
1. Laboratory Manual.
2. ABB Robot Studio and Robo Guide Software.
3. Fire Bird – V Software and Hardware manual.
4. Dobot – Software and Hardware manual.
5. Choregraphe – Software and NAO Robot manual.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 analyze the industrial robots work cell problems and develop robot programming through Applying (K3),
ON/OFF line mode Manipulation (S2)
CO2 develop an embedded programming for autonomous mobile robot Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)
CO3 develop the inspection and sorting systems using machine vision techniques Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy
Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTL63 - FLUID POWER SYSTEMS LABORATORY

Programme & B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics 6 PC 0 0 2 1
Preamble This course provides knowledge and skill to generate, control and transmission of power using
pressurized fluids

List of Exercises / Experiments:

1. Design and testing of speed control circuits (Meter in, Meter out and Bleed off circuits)
2. Design and testing of Electro-hydraulic circuit with pressure sequence valve
3. Design and testing of Sequential circuit with pneumatic control (with and without time delay)
4. Design and testing of Electro Pneumatic sequential circuit with limit switches
5. Design and testing of Pneumatic circuits with logic controls – AND valve and OR valve
6. Design and simulation of Sequential fluid power circuits using cascade method
7. Design and testing of Pneumatic circuit with vacuum cup and rod less cylinder
8. Design and testing of Hydraulic circuit with Proportional control of Pressure and Flow
9. Design and testing of sequential circuits using cascade method
10. Design, testing and simulation of electro pneumatic circuit with timers and counters
11. Profile Tracking of an Electrohydraulic Servo System
12. Position control of an Electro pneumatic Servo System
Total:30
REFERENCES/MANUAL/SOFTWARE:
1. Esposito Anthony, "Fluid Power with Applications", 7th Edition, Pearson Higher Education, New York, 2015.
2. Laboratory Manual.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 identify the fluid power components and their symbols as used in industry Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)
CO2 design, construct and test fluid power circuits with pneumatic, electrical, PLC and logic control Applying (K3),
for low cost automation Manipulation (S2)
CO3 develop and simulate fluid power circuits using simulation software for industrial applications Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2
CO2 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20GEL61 PROFESSIONAL SKILLS TRAINING – II

(For all BE/ BTech / MSc /MCA /BSc Branches)

(Common to all Engineering and Technology

Programme & Sem. Category L T P Credit
branches)
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 6 EC 0 0 80 2
Preamble This subject is to enhance the employability skills and to develop career competency
Unit - I Soft Skills – II
Group discussions: Advantages of group discussions-Structured GD- Team work: Value of team work in organizations- Definition
of a team, why team-Elements of leadership, disadvantages of a team, stages of team formation- Group development activities.
Facing an interview: Foundation in core subject- industry orientation / knowledge about the company- professional personality-
Communication skills-Activities before Interview, upon entering interview room, during the interview and at the end Mock
interviews.
Unit - II Quantitative Aptitude & Logical Reasoning – II
Problem solving level II: Money related problems-Mixtures-Symbol base problem-Clocks and calendars-Simple-linear-quadratic
and polynomial equations-Special, equations-Inequalities-Sequence and series-Set theory-Permutations and combinations-
Probability-Statistics-Data sufficiency- Geometry-Trigonometry-Heights and distances-Co-ordinate geometry-Mensuration. Logical
reasoning: Conditionality and grouping-Sequencing and scheduling- Selections-Networks:-Codes; Cubes-Venn diagram in logical
reasoning- Quant based reasoning-Flaw detection- Puzzles-Cryptarithms.
Unit - III Reading & Speaking Skills
Reading: Reading comprehension– Effective Reading strategies – Descriptive, Inferential, & Argumentative reading passages –
Identifying and locating factual information within a text – global reading/skimming for general understanding – selective
comprehension / scanning for specific information – detailed comprehension / intensive reading – understanding the development
of an argument – identifying the writer’s attitude and opinions – Reading news articles in business magazines, newspapers –
Reading notices and book reviews –Interpreting graphic data & Advertisements. Speaking: Mock Interviews –Self-Introduction –
Sharing of Real Time Experience; Conversational Practices –Role Play – Short Talks / TED Talks –Extempore; Giving a
Presentation on Various Topics – Technical / Non-Technical Topics – Project Review Presentation – Oratory and Effective Public
Speaking; Pair Discussion – Group Discussion – The process of Group Discussion – Strategies to be adopted – Skills Assessed
– Telephonic Conversations & Skills – Negotiating Skills.

TEXT BOOK:
Thorpe, Showick and Edgar Thorpe, “Objective English For Competitive Examination”, 6 th Edition, Pearson India Education
1
Services Pvt Ltd, 2017.

REFERENCES:
1 Aruna Koneru, “Professional Speaking Skills,” Oxford University Press India, 2015.
2 Thorpe, Showick and Edgar Thorpe, “Winning at Interviews,” 5 th edition, Pearson Education, India, 2013.
3 Rizvi, Ashraf M, “Effective Technical Communication,” 2 nd Edition, McGraw Hill Education India, 2017.
Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
develop the soft skills of learners to support them work efficiently in an organization as an Applying (K3),
CO1
individual and as a team Precision (S3)
Applying (K3),
CO2 solve real time problems using numerical ability and logical reasoning
Precision (S3)
Applying (K3),
CO3 apply reading and speaking skills effectively for various academic and professional purposes
Precision (S3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 0 0 0 3 3 0 3 0 3 2
CO2 3 2 0 0 0 3 3 0 3 0 3 2
CO3 0 2 0 0 0 3 3 0 3 3 3 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 40 40 100
CAT2 50 50 100
CAT3 50 50 100
ESE NA
Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTP61 - PROJECT WORK I

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 6 EC 0 0 4 2

Total : 60
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 identify and formulate the problem and conceptualize the methodology of the project Applying (K3)
CO2 design the components and systems using Mechatronic principles Analyzing (K4)
CO3 fabricate a Mechatronics system utilizing experimental skills Creating (K6)
CO4 plan and execute the project as a team Evaluating (K5)
CO5 compile the findings and conclude with oral/written reports Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20GET71 - ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT

(Common to All Engineering and Technology Branches)
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 7 HS 3 0 0 3

Preamble The aim of the course is to create fundamental knowledge on management by introducing concepts like
economics, national income, marketing, operations management, accounting principles etc.
Unit - I Micro Economics: 9
Economics – Basics Concepts and Principles – Demand and Supply – Law of demand and Supply – Determinants –
Market Equilibrium – Circular Flow of Economic activities and Income.
Unit - II Macro Economics, Business Ownership and Management concepts: 9
National Income and its measurement techniques. Inflation - Causes of Inflation – Controlling Inflation – Business Cycle.
Forms of business – Ownership types. Management concepts: Taylor and Fayol’s Principles – Functions of Management
- Managerial Skills - Levels of Management - Roles of manager.
Unit - III Marketing Management: 9
Marketing - Core Concepts of Marketing - Four P‘s of Marketing - New product development – Intellectual Property rights
(IPR), Product Life Cycle - Pricing Strategies and Decisions.
Unit - IV Operations Management: 9

Operations Management - Resources - Types of Production system - Site selection, Plant Layout, Steps in Production
Planning and Control - Inventory - EOQ Determination.
Unit - V Financial Management: 9

Accounting Principles – Financial Statements and its uses – Depreciation: Straight Line and Diminishing Balance Method –
Break Even Analysis – Capital Budgeting: Significance –Traditional and discounted cash flow methods.

Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Compiled by Department of Management Studies, Kongu Engineering College, "Economics and Management for
Engineers", 1st Edition, McGraw Hill Education, Noida, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Geetika, Piyali Ghosh and Purba Roy Choudhury, “Managerial Economics”, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2018.
2. William J Stevenson, “Operations Management”, 14th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2021.
3. William G. Nickels, James M. McHugh, Susan M. McHugh, “Understanding Business”, 12th Edition, McGraw-Hill
Education, New York, 2019.
4. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management”, Pearson India, 15th edition, 2017.
5. Harold Koontz And Heinz Weihrich, “Essentials of Management: An International, Innovation, And Leadership
Perspective”, 11th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education (India), New Delhi, 2020.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 identify market equilibrium and interpret national income calculations and inflation issues Applying (K3)
CO2 choose a suitable business ownership for their enterprise and illustrate managerial functions Applying (K3)
CO3 infer marketing management decisions Understanding (K2)
CO4 apply appropriate operation management concept in business situations Applying (K3)
CO5 interpret financial and accounting statements and evaluate new proposals Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 1 2
CO2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 2
CO3 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2
CO4 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 2
CO5 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 40 40 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 30 50 100
ESE 20 30 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTT71 - MACHINE VISION AND IMAGE PROCESSING

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 7 PE 3 0 0 3

This course provides the practical knowledge about various components of machine vision systems and
Preamble
image processing techniques.
Unit – I Processing of Information in the Human Visual System: 9

Design and structure of eye– Adaptation to different light level– Rod and Cone Responses. Introduction to Building a
Machine Vision Inspection: Specification– Part presentation– Performance requirement– Information interfaces–
Installation space– Environment.

Unit – II Designing a Machine Vision System: 9

Camera types– Field view– Resolution: camera sensor resolution, Spatial resolution, Measurement of accuracy,
Calculation of resolution, Resolution for a Line Scan Camera - Choice of camera, Frame grabber and hardware
platform– Pixel rate– Lens design - digital and smart cameras.

Unit – III Lighting System & Camera Computer Interface: 9

Demands on machine vision lighting – Light and light perception – Light sources for machine vision – Light
Color and Part Color: Monochromatic light, white light, UV, IR and Polarized light – Light filters. Analog camera
buses – Analog video signal - Parallel digital camera buses– Standard PC buses – Computer buses – Digital
video transmission – Camera link – Driver software: Application programming interface- Features of machine
vision system.
Unit – IV Image Processing Algorithms: 9
Introduction to Digital Image Processing - Image sampling and quantization - Image enhancement: Gray Value
Transformations, Radiometric Calibration, Image Smoothing– Geometric transformation– Image segmentation–
Object Recognition and Image Understanding. Feature extraction: Region Features, Gray Value Features, Contour
Features–Morphology–Edge extraction–Fitting. Template matching: Grey value based, Image pyramid
matching. Optical Character recognition - Integration of vision sensors, Compact systems and vision controllers.
Unit – V Applications and Case Studies: 9

Diameter inspection of rivets– Tubing inspection – Glue check under UV Light– Completeness check of
automotive control component– Multiple position and completeness- Check of small hybrid circuit– Pin type
verification– Type and result data management of spark plugs– Robot guidance.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Alexander Hornberg, "Handbook of Machine Vision", Wiley-VCH, Germany, 2006.
REFERENCES:
1. Davies E.K, "Machine Vision: Theory, Algorithms, Practicalities", 3rd Edition, Elsevier, India, 2005.
2. Milan Sonka, "Image Processing Analysis and Machine Vision", 2007 Edition, Vikas Publishing House, India,
2007.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 interpret the fundamental concepts of vision system Understanding (K2)
CO2 identify the suitable components for designing the machine vision system Applying (K3)
CO3 explain the concept of lighting system and various computer interfaces Understanding (K2)
CO4 infer the concept of image processing techniques Understanding (K2)
CO5 design the machine vision system for real time manufacturing applications Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‘s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test /Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total %
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) %
CAT1 20 60 20 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 20 50 30 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTP71 PROJECT WORK 2 PHASE I
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 7 EC 0 0 12 6

Total : 180
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 identify and formulate the problem and conceptualize the methodology of the project Applying (K3)
CO2 design the components and systems using Mechatronic principles Analyzing (K4)
CO3 fabricate a Mechatronics system utilizing experimental skills Creating (K6)
CO4 plan and execute the project as a team Evaluating (K5)
CO5 compile the findings and conclude with oral/written reports Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTP81 PROJECT WORK 2 PHASE II
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 8 EC 0 0 8 4

Total: 120
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 analyze any complex engineering problem to provide appropriate research based solution Analyzing (K4)
CO2 design the components and systems using fundamental engineering principles Analyzing (K4)
CO3 develop /fabricate a mechatronics system utilizing experimental / analytical / simulation skills Creating (K6)
CO4 plan and execute the project as a team Evaluating (K5)
CO5 compile the findings and conclude with oral / written reports Applying (K4)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTE01 - DESIGN OF MECHANICAL ELEMENTS

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Strength of Materials 5 PE 3 1 0 4

Preamble This course provides systematic knowledge about design and analysis of machine elements and
transmission elements for suitable product/process development.
Unit – I Design Fundamentals: 9+3
Fundamental principles of mechanical design – Occam’s Razor, Simplicity vs. Complexity, Laws of Nature, St. Venant’s
Theory, Golden Rectangle, Independent Functions, Abbe’s Principle, Maxwell & Reciprocity, Self-principles, stability,
Symmetry, Parallel Axis theorem, Accuracy, Repeatability and Resolution, Sensitive directions and Reference Features,
Triangulate for stiffness, Load Paths, Free body diagrams & Superposition, Centers of Action, Exact Constraint Design,
Elasticity Averaged Design, Stick Figures. Types of loads –Stresses – Static, varying, thermal, impact and residual.
Factors of safety – Theories of failure – Stress concentration factors – S-N curves
Unit – II Design of Shafts, Keys and Couplings: 9+3
Design of Solid and Hollow shafts – Based on Strength, Rigidity and Deflection – Torsional Rigidity – Lateral Rigidity –
Material Constants. Design of Keys – Types – Key ways. Design of Rigid and Flexible Couplings.
Unit – III Design of Spur, Helical, Bevel and Worm Gears: 9+3
Design of spur, helical, bevel and worm gears – Multi speed gear box design –Spur gear – Forward Traverse. Gears
based on interference.
Unit – IV Design of Power screws, Journal Bearings and Springs: 9+3
Power screws – Types of thread – Self-locking & Overhauling threads – Design of screw jack. Design of Journal Bearings
– Cubic mean load– Calculation of Bearing dimensions – Design of Helical springs – Variable loads – Wahl’s factor
Unit – V Conveyors and Accessories Design: 9+3
Conveyors – Types – Design of Belt conveyors –Design considerations- Design Parameters – Belt Dimension, Capacity
and Speed Dimension, capacity and speed –Roller diameter – Belt power and tension-Idler spacing – Pulley diameter –
Motor – Type of drive unit – Location and arrangement of pulley – Control mode – Intended application – Maximum
loading capacity
Lecture:45, Tutorial:15, Total:60
TEXT BOOK:

1. Bhandari V.B., “Design of Machine Elements”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2017.
REFERENCES:

1. Richard G. Budynas and Keith Nisbett J., “Mechanical Engineering Design”, 1 st Edition, McGraw-Hill International
Edition, New York, 2017.
2. Robert L. Norton, “Machine Design”, 5th Edition, Pearson Education, 2018.
3. PSG Design Data Book
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 analyze and select mechanical components for engineering applications Applying (K3)
CO2 design the shafts, keys and couplings with proper assumptions Applying (K3)
CO3 design and analyze the spur, helical, bevel, worm gear drives and multi speed gear box Applying (K3)
CO4 design and analyze the power screws, journal bearings and springs Applying (K3)
CO5 design and analyze the conveyors and their accessories Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/ PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
POs 7
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN – THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Rememberin Understandin Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating To
Category* g (K1) % g (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % tal
%
CAT1 10 30 60 100
CAT2 20 80 100
CAT3 20 80 100
ESE 10 20 70 100

* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTE02 GRAPHICAL SYSTEM DESIGN

Programme & B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credi

Branch t
Problem Solving and Programming, Sensors and
Prerequisites 5 PE 3 0 0 3
Transducers

Preamble This course provides systematic knowledge about the principles in programming technique with different instrument
interfaces and virtual instruments and the basics of graphical system introduced in real time systems.
Unit – I Introduction to GSD: 9

Historical perspectives, advantages, block diagram and architecture of a virtual instrument, data -flow techniques, graphical
programming in Graphical System Design (GSD) - Graphical user interfaces – Controls and Indicators – ‘G’ programming/ modular
programming - Data flow programming.

Unit – II GSD Programming Techniques: 9

Data types - Editing, Debugging and Running a Virtual Instrument – Graphical programming palettes and tools – Function and
Libraries in GSD platform – String and File I/O: High level and Low-level file I/O’s- Sub-VI programming.
Unit – III GSD Software Tools: 9

Arrays and Clusters – Bundle/Unbundle and Bundle/Unbundle – Plotting data: graphs and charts – Attribute nodes – Local and
global variables - Structures: FOR Loops, WHILE loops, Shift Registers, CASE structure, Formula nodes, Sequence structures,
Timed looped structures.
Unit – IV GSD Data Acquisition Hardware: 9

Basics of DAQ Hardware and Software – Concepts of Data Acquisition – Configuring and addressing the hardware – Real time
Data Acquisition using hardware: USB based DAQ with programming.
Unit – V GSD tools applications: 9

Advantages and Applications: Introduction to TCP/IP VI’s and Instrument Control – Machine vision and acquisition tools– Signal
processing/ analysis tools – Control design and simulation tools

Total:45
TEXT BOOK:

1. Jeffery Travis and Jim Kring, “LabVIEW for Everyone: Graphical programming made easy and Fun”, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education, India, 2009.
REFERENCES:

1. Gupta, Joseph and John, “Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Rick Bitter, “LabVIEW Advanced Programming Techniques”, 2nd Edition, Taylor & Francis Group, 2006.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest
Level)
CO1 demonstrate the basic concepts about virtual instrumentation Applying (K3)
CO2 interpret the software tools in virtual instrumentation Applying (K3)
CO3 develop programming through LabVIEW graphical programming environment Applying (K3)
CO4 experiment with data acquisition hardware and LabVIEW software Applying (K3)
CO5 select the hardware and software concept of data acquisition system for advanced applications Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/ PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
POs
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN –
THEORY
Test / Rememberin Understandin Applyin Analyzing Evaluatin Creatin Total
Bloom’s g (K1) % g (K2) % g (K3) (K4) % g (K5) % g (K6) %
Category* % %
CAT1 40 40 20 100
CAT2 10 30 30 30 100
CAT3 10 30 30 30 100
ESE 15 25 40 20 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTE03 - POWER ELECTRONICS AND DRIVES

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Electron Devices & Digital Circuits 5 PE 3 0 0 3
Electrical Machines

Preamble This course discusses power processing electronic circuits apart from introducing the basics of power semiconductor
devices.
Unit - I Power Electronics Devices: 9
Concept of power electronics – Power semiconductor devices - Principle of operation – Steady state and switching characteristics of
power diodes, power BJT, power MOSFET, IGBT – Firing circuit for thyristor- Steady state and switching characteristics of SCR
–Two transistor model of SCR – DIAC – TRIAC – GTO.
Unit - II AC-DC and DC-AC Converter: 9
Principle of phase controlled converter with R and RL load - Freewheeling diode- Single phase full wave converter – Single phase
semi converter – Three phase semi converter – Three phase fully controlled converter – Applications of AC-DC converter.
Introduction to inverter –Single phase and Three phase voltage source inverters –PWM inverters – Applications of DC-AC
converter.
Unit - III DC - DC and AC - AC Converter: 9
DC Chopper – Control strategies – Principle of operation – Step up and step down chopper – Applications of DC-DC converter –
Single phase AC voltage controller – On - off control and phase control – Sequence control of AC voltage controller – Single phase:
Step up and step down cycloconverters - – Applications of AC-AC converter.
Unit - IV DC Drives: 9
DC Drives - Introduction to DC drives – Basic performance equations of DC motor – Single phase DC drives – Three phase DC
drives – Chopper Drives – Two quadrant chopper drive – Four quadrant chopper drive.
Unit - V AC Drives: 9
Introduction – Induction motor drives – Speed control of 3-phase induction motor – Stator voltage control – Stator frequency control
– Stator voltage and frequency control – Stator current control – Static rotor resistance control – Simulation of power converters
using software.
Total:45

TEXT BOOK:
1. Bimbhra B.S., "Power Electronics", 5th Edition, Kanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Gobal K. Dubey, "Fundamentals of Electrical Drives", 2nd Edition, Narosal Publishing House, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Singh M.D. & Kanchandhani K.B., "Power Electronics", McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Muhammad H. Rashid, "Power Electronics: Devices, Circuits & Applications", 4th Edition, Pearson, 2017.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 explain the operation and switching characteristics of power solid state devices Understanding (K2)
CO2 describe the working principle of AC – DC and DC – AC converters Understanding (K2)
CO3 express the construction and working of DC – DC and AC – AC converters Applying (K3)
CO4 select a suitable power converter for a given DC drive Understanding (K2)
CO5 choose an appropriate power converter for a given AC drive Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 2 2 1 1
CO2 3 2 1 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 1 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 1 2 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 1 2 2 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN – THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 30 40 30 100
CAT2 25 40 35 100
CAT3 30 30 40 100
ESE 25 45 30 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE04 INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL INTERNET OF THINGS

Programme & Branch B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Prerequisites NIL 5 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT) is an application of IoT in industries to modify the various existing industrial systems. IIoT
links the automation system with enterprise, planning and product lifecycle.
Unit - I Introduction: 9
Introduction-IoT Architecture-Application-based IoT Protocols-Infrastructure-based protocols-Data protocols-Transport protocols. Cloud
Computing: Types of cloud-Business aspects of cloud-Virtualization- Key aspect of cloud computing-Mobile cloud computing- Fog Computing:
Applications of Fog computing. Sensor Cloud: Applications of Sensor Cloud- Big Data.
Unit - II IIoT Architectures: 9
Overview of IOT components - Various architectures of IOT and IIOT, Advantages and disadvantages, Industrial internet - Reference
architecture; IIOT system components: Sensors, Gateways, Routers, Modem, Cloud brokers, servers and its integration, WSN, WSN network
design for IOT.
Unit - III Sensor and Interfacing: 9
Introduction to sensors, Transducers, Classification, Roles of sensors in IIoT, Various types of sensors, Design of sensors, sensor
architecture, special requirements for IIoT sensors, Role of actuators, Types of actuators. Hardwire the sensors with different protocols such
as HART, MODBUS-Serial and Parallel, Ethernet, BACNet and M2M.
Unit - IV Protocols and Cloud: 9
Introduction to Industrial data transmission, Features & Components of : Fieldbus, Profibus, HART, Interbus, Bitbus, CC-link, Modbus,
Batibus,DigitalSTROM, Controller area network, DeviceNet, LonWorks, ISA 100.11a, Wireless HART, LoRa & LoRaWAN, NB-IoT, IEEE
802.11AH. Clouds : Types of clouds
Unit - V Industrial IoT- Application Domains: 9
Healthcare, Power plants - Inventory management and quality control - Plant safety and security (Including AR and VR safety applications),
Facility management – Oil - Chemical and pharmaceutical industry - Applications of UAVs in Industries.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Anandarup Mukherjee, Chandana Roy, Sudip Misra,” Introduction to Industrial Internet of Things and Industry 4.0”, 1st Edition, CRC
Press,2020.
REFERENCES:
1. Alasdair Gilchrist, "Industry 4.0: The Industrial Internet of Things", 1st Edition, Apress, New York, 2017.
2. Daniel Minoli, "Building the Internet of Things with IPv6 and MIPv6: The Evolving World of M2M Communications", John Wiley& sons
publications, United Kingdom, 2013.
3. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthic &, Omar Elloumi, "The Internet of Things: Key Applications and Protocols", 2nd Edition, Wiley
publication, New Jersey, 2012.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 comprehend the fundamentals of IIoT and its potential, challenges Understanding (K2)
CO2 infer the various components and architecture of IIoT Understanding (K2)
CO3 design the sensors based IIoT architecture with interface standards Applying (K3)
CO4 realize and choose the Protocols and Cloud platforms for different IIoT solutions Applying (K3)
CO5 build the concepts of Design Thinking for industrial applications Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2
CO2 2 2 2 2 3 1 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 2 3 1 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 2 3 1 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 20 80 100
CAT2 10 70 20 100
CAT3 10 60 30 100
ESE 15 65 20 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE05 OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Programme & Branch B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Matrices and Differential Equations,
Prerequisites Calculus and Complex Analysis, 6 PE 3 0 0 3
Statistics and Numerical Methods

Preamble This course will enable the application of various techniques / decision making tools to solve scarce resource problems in
engineering and business world.
Unit - I Linear Models: 9
Introduction-Phases of OR study – Formation of LPP – Standard and Canonical form of LPP- Solutions to LPP: Graphical Solution, Simplex
Algorithm, Artificial Variables Technique – Big M method, Two Phase method.
Unit - II Transportation, Assignment problems and Sequencing problems: 9
Transportation-Mathematical formulation-Basic Feasible solutions-NWC, LCM, VAM. Optimality test – MODI technique. Assignment
problems- Mathematical formulation – Hungarian Algorithm. Sequencing Problems: 1 jobs n machine, n jobs 1 machine, n jobs 2 machine, n
jobs 3 machine, n jobs m machine and 2 jobs n machine problems.
Unit - III Network models: 9
Shortest route – minimal spanning tree - maximum flow models-Project Management: Construction of networks- activity and event based
diagrams, PERT- CPM-problems – Cost analysis and crashing of networks.
Unit - IV Inventory Models: 9
Types of Inventory- EOQ – Deterministic inventory models – Price break problems – stochastic inventory models- multi item deterministic
models- selective inventory control techniques
Unit - V Queuing and Replacement Models: 9
Queuing models – queuing systems and structures – notations–parameter – single server and multiserver models – Poisson input –
exponential service – constant rate service – infinite population. Replacement Models: Replacement of Items due to deterioration with and
without time value of Money -Individual and group replacement policy
Lecture:45, Tutorial:15, Total:60
TEXT BOOK:
1. Gupta P.K. & Hira D.S, "Operations Research", 7th Edition, S.Chand and Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2014.
REFERENCES:
1. Vohra N.D, "Quantitative Techniques in Management", 5th Edition, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2017.
2. Taha, Hamdy A, "Operation Research: An Introduction", 10th Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2019.
3. Hiller Frederick S., Lieberman Gerald J, Bodhibrata Nag, Preetam Basu, "An Introduction to Operations Research", 10th Edition,
McGraw-Hill Education, New Delhi, 2017.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 formulate and solve linear programming problems Applying (K3)
CO2 propose solutions to transportation and assignment problems & identify optimal job sequence that minimizes the Applying (K3)
make span
CO3 construct networks and analyze optimality for various applications Applying (K3)
CO4 identify inventory models and solve for optimality Applying (K3)
CO5 assess queuing characteristics and compute the optimum replacement period for capital equipment and items Applying (K3)
that fail suddenly / deteriorate with time

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2
CO5 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 10 30 60 100
CAT2 10 20 50 20 100
CAT3 10 30 50 10 100
ESE 10 25 50 15 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE06 - ADVANCED CONTROL THEORY

Programme& Branch B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit

Prerequisites Systems and Control Engineering 5 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble To understand and analyse the performance of linear and nonlinear system in state space domain with and without controllers.

Unit - I State Space Analysis in Continuous domain 9

Review of state variable representation and state variable models in continuous systems. Conversion from transfer function to various state
space model – Conversion of state space to transfer function-Non-uniqueness of state model – Eigen values and eigen vectors - State
transition matrix and its properties. Solutions of state equations — Free and forced responses.
Unit - II State Feedback Controllers and Observers 9
Controllability and observability – Relation between transfer function and state model - Effect of sampling time on controllability and
observability - State feedback controllers. State estimators: Full and reduced order observer. Steady state error in state model-PI feedback
controller- Deadbeat Observers- Dead beat Control.
Unit - III Phase Plane Analysis 9
Behaviour of non-linear systems, jump resonance, sub-harmonic oscillation- Singular points Phase plane analysis: Linear and nonlinear
systems - Construction of phase portraits using isoclines- Limit cycle analysis.
Unit - IV Describing function Analysis 9
Typical non-linearities Describing Function of nonlinearities –Review of Nyquist criterion for linear system -Nyquist stability criteria for
nonlinear system–Limit cycle oscillations- Accuracy of Describing Function method.
Unit - V Lyapunov Stability Analysis 9
Stability in the sense of Lyapunov - Second method of Lyapunov - Lyapunov stability analysis of linear time invariant systems and non linear
system- Krasovski’s theorem- Variable gradient method of generating Lyapunov functions. Lyapunov analysis for non autonomous systems.

Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1 Gopal M. “Digital Control and State Variable Methods”, 4 th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi,2017. I & II

2 Slotine and Li , “Applied Nonlinear Control”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall Publishers, USA, 1991. III, IV & V

REFERENCES:
1 Richard C.Dorf& Robert H.Bishop, “Modern Control Systems”12 th Edition, Pearson Publication, NewJercy,2013.
2 Khalil, Hasan K., “Nonlinear Systems”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, NewJercy,2019.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to BT Mapped
(Highest Level)

CO1 analyse the time domain characterisitcs of continuos systems in state space domain Analyzing (K4)
CO2 design state feedback controllers and observers Applying (K3)

CO3 apply the concepts in the design of state feedback controllers and observers Analyzing (K4)

CO4 analyse the behaviour of nonlinear systems using describing function method Analyzing (K4)

CO5 analyse the stability of linear and nonlinear systems using Lyapunov stability method Analyzing (K4)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO2 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 10 20 40 30 100
CAT2 10 20 40 30 100
CAT3 10 20 40 30 100
ESE 10 20 40 30 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTE07 HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics 7 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course is designed to provide basic concepts of various modes of heat transfer like conduction, convection and
radiation. It also includes the thermal analysis and sizing of heat exchangers and the basic concepts of mass transfer.

Unit - I Conduction: 9
Introduction- Modes of heat transfer - General Differential equation of Heat Conduction– Cartesian and Polar Coordinates – One
Dimensional Steady State Heat Conduction –– plane and Composite Systems – Conduction with Internal Heat Generation –
Extended Surfaces – Unsteady Heat Conduction.
Unit - II Convection: 9
Free and Forced Convection – Hydrodynamic and Thermal Boundary Layer. Free and Forced Convection during external flow over
Plates and Cylinders and Internal flow through tubes.
Unit - III Phase Change Heat Transfer and Heat Exchangers: 9
Nusselt’s theory of condensation – Regimes of Pool boiling and Flow boiling. Correlations in boiling and condensation - Heat
Exchanger Types – Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient – Fouling Factors – Analysis – LMTD method – NTU method.
Unit - IV Radiation: 9
Black Body Radiation – Grey body radiation – Shape Factor – Electrical Analogy – Radiation Shields. Radiation through gases.
Unit - V Mass Transfer: 9
Basic Concepts – Diffusion Mass Transfer – Fick’s Law of Diffusion – Steady state Molecular Diffusion – Convective Mass Transfer
– Momentum, Heat and Mass Transfer Analogy –Convective Mass Transfer Correlations.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Yunus A. Cengel, “Heat Transfer A Practical Approach”, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2015.
REFERENCES:
1. Rajput R.K., “Heat and Mass Transfer”, 5th Revised Edition, S.Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2015.
2. Holman, J.P., “Heat and Mass Transfer”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 apply heat conduction equations to different surface configurations under steady state and transient Applying (K3)
conditions and solve problems
CO2 apply free and forced convective heat transfer correlations to internal and external flows through/over Applying (K3)
various surface configurations and solve problems
CO3 relate the phenomena of boiling and condensation, apply LMTD and NTU methods of thermal analysis Applying (K3)
to different types of heat exchanger configurations and solve problems
CO4 elucidate basic laws for Radiation and apply these principles to radiative heat transfer between different Applying (K3)
types of surfaces to solve problems
CO5 apply diffusive and convective mass transfer equations and correlations to solve problems for different Applying (K3)
applications

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 3
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 40 30 30 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 30 50 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE08 MACHINE DRAWING

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Engineering Graphics
Prerequisites 7 PE 3 0 0 3
Design of Mechanical Elements

Preamble This course helps the student to communicate the necessary technical information required for manufacture and
assembly of machine components. These drawings follow rules laid down by national and International
Organizations. Students have to be familiar with industrial drafting practices and thorough understanding of
production drawings to make themselves fit in industries.
Unit - I Introduction: 9
Need of Graphical Language - Importance of Machine Drawing - Tools (from Instruments to Current Software), Classification of
Machine Drawings - Principles of Machine Drawing - BIS specifications for machine drawing- lines, scales, dimensioning -
Conventional representation of Machine Elements, Abbreviations and Symbols.
Unit - II Projections, Sectioning, Limits, Fits and Tolerance: 9
Projections-Designation – Relative position of views – Examples-Sectioning-Introduction – Types – Conventions - Examples-
Limits, Fits and Tolerance-Definitions - Classifications of Fits - System of Fits - Computations - Selection of Fits - Method of
Indicating Fits on Drawings - Tolerance Grade - Computations of Tolerance - Positions of Tolerance - Fundamental of Deviations -
Shaft and Hole Terminology - Method of Placing Limit Dimensions - Need of Geometrical Tolerance - Geometrical Characteristics
of Symbols - Indication of Minimum Material Condition - Interpretation of Indication of Geometrical Tolerance – Examples.
Unit - III Screwed Fastenings: 9
Screw Thread Nomenclature - Threads Form - Conventional representations- Types of Bolts – Designation - Types of Nuts and
Screw - Designation of Bolted Joints - Types of Nut Locking Arrangements – Special Types of Bolts and Nuts – Washers-Joints
and Key-Types of Joints - Gib and Cotter Joints, Pin Joints and Knuckle Joints, Types of key-Welded Joints-Types of Welded
Joints - Representation of Welds - Symbols and its conventions.
Unit - IV Drawing of Projections and Drawing of Sectional Views: 9
Drawing of Projections-Orthographic view to isometric view and Isometric view to orthographic view of simple machine elements,
Importance of Bill of materials - Drawing of Sectional Views-Keys, Bolts and Nuts, coupling: Flanged, Bush Type – Footstep
Bearing, Piston, Connecting Rod, Cross heads.
Unit - V Assembly Drawing of Mechanical Components: 9
Introduction - Types of Assembly - Assembly procedures –Assembly of: Lathe Tail stock, Machine Vice, Pipe Vice, Simple
Eccentric, Screw jack, Stuffing Box, Plummer Block, Swivel Bearing and Safety Valve.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Bhatt N. D. & Panchal V.M., "Machine Drawing", 45th Edition, Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, Gujarat, 2014.
REFERENCES:
1. Sidheswar N, Kannaiah P & Sastry V.V., "Machine Drawing", 27th Edition, Tata-McGraw Hill Education, Chennai, 2004.
2. Design Data Book: Data Book of Engineers, 2020.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 demonstrate the basic concepts and BIS conventions of machine drawing Understanding (K2)
CO2 demonstrate and evaluate the projections, sectioning, limits, fits and tolerance Applying (K3)
CO3 develop sketches for fasteners and different joints Applying (K3)
CO4 draw and create the projections and sectional views of various mechanical elements Applying (K3)
CO5 construct assembly drawings of mechanical components conforming to BIS conventions Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 2 3
CO2 3 2 1 1 2 2 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 2 2 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 2 2 3
CO5 3 2 1 1 2 2 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 40 60 100
CAT2 20 80 100
CAT3 20 80 100
ESE 20 80 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE09 PRECISION EQUIPMENT DESIGN
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Kinematics of Machines
Prerequisites Machine Dynamics 7 PE 3 0 0 3
Systems and Control Engineering

Preamble This course equips the student to realize the precision equipment design and their related inspection methods,
design strategies, machines and control.
Unit - I Introduction to Precision Equipment Design: 9
Introduction, Fundamentals of Economic Analysis, The Role of a Design Engineer, Classification of ultra-precision equipment,
Principles of accuracy, repeatability and resolution, Beyond Intelligent manufacturing, Reconfigurable systems, Precision Machine
Design Principles and methods, Basic requirements of Precision Machine tools.
Unit - II Error Assessment and Inspection: 9
Introduction to Errors and error measurements, Propagation of errors, Motion errors principle –translational body, rotational body,
geometric and kinematic errors, Other types of errors in machines – thermal, cutting force induced, environmental error,
Methodologies of error elimination, Future vision in machine error inspection, CNC machine error assessment – positioning
accuracy using a Laser interferometer, contouring assessment using kinematic ball bar system.
Unit - III Design Strategies and Machine Key Components: 9
Design strategy for standard size machines, Steps in Design roadmap, Structure design of precision machines, Machine Key
components – guide ways – selection, precision linear and rotating movement, Bearings – Design considerations and
applications, Second order phenomena, Vibration isolation.
Unit - IV Parallel Kinematic Machines (PKM): 9
Comparison of Serial and parallel systems, Precision design of a PKM – need of PKM, PKM Configurations and characteristic
issues, Design principles – Kinematic modeling- Case study of 3 PRS and PSS system, Computation – Method of decomposition,
Method of inversion.
Unit - V Precision Control: 9
Fundamentals of motion control, system modeling and performance assessment , linear dynamics, nonlinear dynamics – force
ripple, friction, hysteresis, incorporating nonlinear dynamics, Control design strategies – ripple compensation, RBF compensation,
internal model control. Case Study – Design of piezoelectric actuator.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Samir Mekid, "Introduction to Precision Machine Design and Error Assessment", CRC-Press, Taylor and Francis Group, New
York, 2013.
REFERENCES:
1. Alexander H. Slocum, "Precision Machine Design", Prentice Hall Publishers, New Jersey, 2009.
2. Zhuangde Jiang & Shuming Yang, “Precision Machines”, Springer, Singapore, 2020.
3. Kai Cheng,” Machining Dynamics -Fundamentals, Applications and Practices”, Springer London 2009.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 assess the suitability of equipment designs concepts for specific applications Understanding (K2)
CO2 inspect the errors in various machines like CNC machines Applying (K3)
CO3 choose the appropriate strategy and design the structure, guideways of a precision machine Applying (K3)
CO4 design and model various parallel kinematic machines Applying (K3)
CO5 develop the complete control of the mechanical system to achieve a better positioning and error Applying (K3)
compensation

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 40 40 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE10 EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING FOR MECHATRONICS
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Microcontroller Programming and Applications 7 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course provides knowledge and skill on advanced Microcontrollers and Embedded programming for
Mechatronics applications.
Unit - I PIC18 Microcontroller: 9
Architecture of PIC 18 – Pin Description – Memory organization: Program memory – Data Memory – I/O Ports – Timers –
Counters – Capture/ Compare /PWM mode – External hardware interrupts– USART – ADC.
Unit - II PIC 18 Embedded C Programming: 9
I/O ports: Register configuration–programming – Timers: modes– programming – Counters – ADC: configuration registers–
Programming – External Hardware Interrupts: types– Programming.
Unit - III ATMEGA 8 Microcontroller: 9
Architecture of ATMEGA 8 – Pin description–. Memory organization: Program memory – Data memory - I/O Ports – Timers –
Counters – Analog comparator – Serial peripheral interface – USART – External hardware interrupts – ADC.
Unit - IV ATMEGA 8 Embedded C Programming: 9
I/O ports: Register configuration–Programming – Timers: Modes– Programming – Counters – ADC: Configuration registers–
Programming – External hardware interrupts: Types – Programming.
Unit - V Microcontroller and IoT for real time applications: 9
IoT: Basics, Sensing, Actuation, Networking, Communication protocols - Integration of sensors, Actuators and controller in IoT
module – Applications.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Mazidi, Muhammad Ali, Mckinlay, Rolin D. & Causey Danny, "PIC Microcontroller and Embedded Systems using Assembly
and C for PIC 18", Second Edition, Pearson Education Asia, Noida, 2021.
2. Misra S., Mukherjee A., and Roy A., “Introduction to IoT”, Cambridge University Press, First Edition, 2021.
REFERENCES:
1. Valvano Jonathan W, "Embedded Microcomputer Systems: Real Time Interfacing", 3rd Edition, Thomson Asia, Singapore,
2011.
2. Data sheet – ATMEGA 8.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 interpret architecture and interfacing concepts of PIC18 microcontroller Understanding (K2)
CO2 develop embedded programming using PIC18 microcontrollers Applying (K3)
CO3 interpret architecture and interfacing concepts of ATMEGA 8 microcontroller Understanding (K2)
CO4 build embedded programming using ATMEGA 8 microcontroller Applying (K3)
CO5 interface microcontroller with IOT module real time applications Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/Pos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 30 30 40 100
CAT2 20 20 60 100
CAT3 20 30 50 100
ESE 20 30 50 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTE11 MACHINE LEARNING

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Matrices and Differential Equations
Prerequisites Multivariable Calculus and Complex Analysis 7 PE 3 0 0 3
Problem Solving and Programming

Preamble Machine Learning focuses on developing algorithms to find patterns or make predictions from empirical data. This
course gives an introduction about supervised, unsupervised and reinforcement learning algorithms.
Unit - I Introduction: 9
Learning problems - Designing a learning system - Perspectives and issues in machine learning – Concept learning – Task –
Search – Finding maximally specific hypotheses – Version spaces and candidate elimination algorithm-Inductive bias.
Unit - II Prediction & Artificial Neural Networks: 9
Linear regression – Non-Linear regression -Decision tree learning: Decision tree representation – Problems – Basic decision tree
learning algorithms – Hypotheses search – Issues. Artificial Neural Networks: Introduction – Representations – Problems –
Perceptron – Multilayer network and Back propagation algorithm – Example.
Unit - III Supervised Learning & Instance Based Learning: 9
Bayesian learning: Bayes theorem – Concept learning – Maximum likelihood and Least-Squared error hypothesis - Bayes optimal
classifier - Gibbs algorithm - Naïve bayes classifier – Example. Instance Based Learning: Introduction – k-Nearest neighbor
learning – Locally weighted regression - Radial basis functions - Case-based reasoning.
Unit - IV Unsupervised Learning: 9
K – Means – K Medoids – Genetic algorithms: Introduction – Example – Hypothesis space search – Genetic programming-
Models of evolution and learning – Parallelizing genetic algorithms.
Unit - V Learning Sets of Rules: 9
Learning sets of rules: Introduction – Sequential covering algorithms – First order rules – FOIL – Induction as inverted deduction –
Inverting resolution – Reinforcement Learning: Introduction – Markov decision processes - Values- SARSA vs Q-Learning.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Tom M. Mitchell, "Machine Learning", 1st Edition, McGraw-Hill Education (India), New york, 2013.
REFERENCES:
1. Stephen Marsland, "Machine Learning – An Algorithmic Perspective", 2nd Edition, Chapman and Hall/CRC Press, NA, 2014.
2. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, "Data Mining Concepts and Techniques", 3rd Edition, Elsevier, NA, 2012.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 identify the perspectives of machine learning and formulating hypothesis Understanding
(K2)
CO2 apply Regression, Decision tree and Artificial neural networks for real world problems Applying (K3)
CO3 design a parametric and non –parametric algorithms for solving a given problem Applying (K3)
CO4 apply the principles of unsupervised learning and genetic algorithm for optimization Applying (K3)
CO5 implement the learning rules and reinforcement learning algorithms on datasets Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 3 3 2 3 1
CO2 3 2 1 3 3 2 3 1
CO3 3 2 1 3 3 2 3 1
CO4 3 2 1 3 3 2 3 1
CO5 2 1 3 3 2 2 1
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 50 30 100
CAT2 20 30 50 100
CAT3 20 30 50 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTE12 - AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERING

Programme& B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 7 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course provides the knowledge on working principle of automotive components and various alternative fuel
resources recommended for automotive engines.
Unit - I Engines and Exhaust systems: 9
Engine components: Cylinder block - Cylinder head - Sump - Manifolds - Gaskets - Cylinder - Piston - Rings - Connecting rod -
Piston pins - Crank shaft - Bearings - Valves - Mufflers. Simple Carburetor - Port and Valve Timing diagram - Engine cooling and
Lubrication systems - MPFI and CRDI - Exhaust systems - SCR - EGR - Catalytic converter - DeNox Trap - Emission standards in
India.
Unit - II Transmission Systems: 9
Clutch - Types and Construction - Clutch operation - Electromagnetic - Mechanical - Hydraulic - Vacuum. Gear Boxes: Manual
and Automatic - Simple Floor Mounted Shift Mechanism - CVT - Dual Clutch transmission - Over Drives - Transfer Box - Fluid
flywheel - Torque converter - Propeller shaft - Slip Joint - Universal Joints - Differential and Rear Axle.
Unit - III Steering, Brakes and Suspension: 9
Wheels and Tyres - Wheel Alignment Parameters. Steering: Steering Geometry - Types of steering gear box - Davis and
Ackermann steering mechanism - Power Steering - Electronic Steering - Types of Front Axle. Suspension systems: Types of
suspension springs - Shock absorbers. Braking Systems: Types and Construction - Hydraulic brakes - Air brakes - Antilock
Braking System.
Unit - IV Chassis Frame, Battery and Lighting System: 9
Chassis construction - Truck chassis - Four-wheel drive chassis - Body on frame - Semi integral and integral type - Loads acting
on frame. Types of batteries - Construction, Operation and Maintenance. Electrical systems: Lighting - Wiring circuit.
Unit - V Automotive accessories and Alternate Energy Sources: 9
Head lights - Switches - Indicating lights. Accessories: Direction indicators - Windscreen wiper - Horn - Speedometer - Heaters -
Air conditioner. Use of Natural Gas, LPG, CNG, LPG, Bio diesel, Shale gas, Liquid nitrogen, Ethanol and Hydrogen in
Automobiles - Fuel Cells.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Kirpal Singh, "Automobile Engineering Volume I & II", 13th Edition, Standard Publishers, New Delhi, 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. Tom Denton, "Automobile Electrical and Electronics Systems", 4th Edition, Edward Arnold Publishers, 2017.
2. Ganesan V., "Internal Combustion Engines", 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2017.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 identify the IC engine components and exhaust system along with its function Understanding (K2)
CO2 explain the various types of transmission system Understanding (K2)
CO3 summarize suspension, brake and steering systems of automobile Understanding (K2)
CO4 illustrate the types of chassis and circuit for automotive electrical systems Understanding (K2)
CO5 explain automotive accessories and alternate fuel sources for automobiles Understanding (K2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1
CO3 2 1 1 2 1
CO4 2 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 2 1
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 40 60 100
CAT2 40 60 100
CAT3 40 60 100
ESE 40 60 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20GEE01 FUNDAMENTALS OF RESEARCH
(Common to All BE/BTech branches)
Programme &
All BE/BTech branches Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 7 PE 3 0 0 3
Preamble This course familiarize the fundamental concepts/techniques adopted in research, problem formulation and also
disseminate the process involved in collection, consolidation of published literature and rewriting them in a
presentable form using latest tools.
Unit – I Introduction to Research: 9
Introduction to Research: Types and Process of Research - Outcomes of Research - Sources of Research Problem -
Characteristics of a Good Research Problem - Errors in Selecting a Research Problem - Importance of Keywords.
Unit – II Literature Review: 9
Literature Review: Literature Collection - Methods - Analysis - Citation Study - Gap Analysis - Problem Formulation Techniques.
Unit - III Research Methodology: 9
Research Methodology: Appropriate Choice of Algorithms/Methodologies/Methods – Data Collection – Primary Data Analysis –
Experimental Methods and Result Analysis - Investigation of Solutions for Research Problem - Interpretation - Research
Limitations.
Unit - IV Journals and Papers: 9
Journals and Papers: Journals in Science/Engineering - Indexing and Impact factor of Journals. Plagiarism and Research Ethics.
Types of Research Papers - Original Article/Review Paper/Short Communication/Case Study.
Unit – V Reports and Presentations: 9
How to Write a Report - Language and Style - Format of Project Report - Title Page - Abstract - Table of Contents - Headings
and Sub-Headings - Footnotes - Tables and Figures - Appendix - Bibliography etc - Different Reference Formats. Presentation
using PPTs. Research Tools.

Total: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Walliman, Nicholas. “Research Methods: The basics”. 2nd edition, Routledge, 2017. I,II,III,IV,V
REFERENCES:
1. Mishra, S.B. and Alok, S. “Handbook of research methodology” Educreation Publishing, 2017
2. Kumar, Ranjit. “Research Methodology: A step-by-step guide for beginners”. SAGE Publications Limited, 2019.
3. Nayak, J.K. and Singh, P. “Fundamentals of Research Methodology Problems and Prospects”. SSDN Publishers &
Distributors, 2021.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 list the various stages in research and categorize the quality of journals Analyzing (K4)
CO2 formulate a research problem from published literature/journal papers Evaluating (K5)
CO3 write, present a journal paper/ project report in proper format Creating (K6)
CO4 select suitable journal and submit a research paper Applying (K3)
CO5 compile a research report and the presentation Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 40 35 25 100
CAT2 30 40 30 100
CAT3 50 50 100
ESE 25 25 25 25 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE13 OPTIMAL AND ADAPTIVE CONTROL

Programme& Branch B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit

Prerequisites Systems and Control Engineering 7 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble To provide the knowledge about fundamental concepts of optimal and adaptive control techniques.
Unit - I Introduction 9
Matrix properties and definitions – Quadratic forms and definiteness – State space form for continuous systems. Calculus of
variations: Fundamental concepts – Thefunctionals of a single function- Optimal Control Formulation: The Performance measure:
Performance measures for optimal control problems, selecting a performance measure. Constraints – Variational approach to
optimal control problems: Necessary conditions for optimal control.

Unit - II Linear Quadratic Optimal Control Systems 9

Problem formulation – Linear regulator problem -Infinite time linear quadratic regulator – Meaningful interpretation of Riccati
coefficient – Analytical solution of algebraic Riccati equation – Equivalence of open loop and closed loop. Design of LQR:
Inverted pendulum, DC motor speed control.
Unit - III Dynamic Programming 9
The Optimal control law -Principle of optimality – Dynamic programming applied to routing problem – Recurrence relation of
dynamic programming – Computational procedure for solving optimal control problems- Characteristics of dynamic programming
solutions
Unit - IV Self Tuning Regulators 9
Introduction to adaptive control -classification -Pole placement design, Direct and Indirect self tuning regulators, continuous time
self tuners, minimum variance and moving average controllers, stochastic direct and indirect self tuning regulators, linear
quadratic self tuning regulators
Unit - V Model Reference Adaptive control 9
The MIT rule- Lyapunov theory - Design of model reference adaptive controller using MIT rule and Lyapunov theory - Relation
between MRAS and STR, Introduction to Adaptive back stepping.
Lecture: 45, Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1 Kirk, Donald E. “Optimal Control Theory: An Introduction” 1 st Edition, Dover publications, USA, 2004. I,II & III

2 Karl J Astrom and Bjorn Wittenmark, “ Adaptive Control”, 2 nd Edition, Addison Wesley, USA, 2008. IV & V

REFERENCES:
1 Desineni Subburam Naidu, “Optimal Control Systems” 1 st Edition, CRC Press, London,2018.

Rolf Isermann and Macro munchhof, “Identification of dynamic systems an introduction with applications”,8 th Edition, Springer
2
Verlag,Berlin,2014.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 formulate optimal control problem Understand(K2)
CO2 apply the concepts in the design of optimal controller using LQR concepts Applying (K3)

CO3 determine optimal control solution for discrete systems using dynamic programming Applying (K3)
CO4 gain knowledge about the model reference adaptive control and self-tuning control systems Understand(K2)

CO5 know the Implementation aspects of adaptive control and applications Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
POs
CO1 3 1 2 3 3

CO2 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 3

CO3 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 3

CO4 3 1 2 3 3

CO5 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 30 50 - 100

CAT2 10 40 30 20 100

CAT3 20 30 40 10 100
ESE 20 20 40 20 100

* +3% may be varied

 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTE14 COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Manufacturing Processes,
Prerequisites 7 PE 3 0 0 3
CNC and Metrology

Preamble This course provides the fundamental knowledge about computer integrated manufacturing and it deals with
grouping technology, Cellular manufacturing, Computer aided process planning, Flexible manufacturing systems and
computer aided quality control
Unit – I Introduction: 9
Introduction – Manufacturing Planning, Manufacturing control - Concurrent Engineering - CIM concepts – Computerized elements
of CIM system –Types of production – Manufacturing models and Metrics – Mathematical models of Production Performance –
Simple problems. Basic Elements of an Automated system – Levels of Automation. Lean Production and Just-In-Time Production-
Kanban System - Smart Factories, Industrial revolution: History, Concepts of Industry 4.0.
Unit – II Cellular Manufacturing: 9
Group Technology(GT), Part Families – Parts Classification and Coding – Simple Problems in Opitz Coding system – Production
Flow Analysis – Cellular Manufacturing – Composite part concept – Machine cell design and layout – Quantitative analysis in
Cellular Manufacturing – Rank Order Clustering Method – Arranging Machines in a GT cell – Hollier Method – Simple Problems.
Unit – III Production Planning & Control and Computerized Process Planning: 9
Process Planning – Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP) – Logical steps in Computer Aided Process Planning – Aggregate
Production Planning and Master Production Schedule – Material Requirement Planning – Capacity Planning - Control Systems -
Shop Floor Control - Inventory Control. Brief on Manufacturing Resource Planning (MRP-II) and Enterprise Resource Planning
(ERP) – Supply Chain Management (SCM) – Simple Problems.
Unit – IV Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS) and Automated Guided Vehicle System (AGVS): 9
Types of Flexibility – FMS – FMS Components – FMS Application & Benefits – FMS Planning and Control– Quantitative analysis
in FMS – Simple Problems. Automated Guided Vehicle System (AGVS) – AGVS Application – Vehicle Guidance Technology –
Vehicle Management & Safety. Automated Storage systems – Performance –Methods.
Unit – V Computer Aided Quality Control: 9
Computers in QC, Automated Inspection Methods and Principles, Contact Inspection Methods, Non-Contact Inspection Methods,
Machine Vision System, Optical Inspection Method, Sensors, Co-ordinate Measuring Machine, Computer Aided Testing,
Integration of CAQC with CAD/CAM.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Groover M.P., “Automation, Production System and Computer Integrated Manufacturing”, 4th Edition, Prentice-Hall of India,
New Delhi, 2016.

REFERENCES:
1. Koren, Yoram, "Computer control of Manufacturing Systems", McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Rao P.N., "CAD/CAM: Principles and Applications", 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 understand the CIM concepts in manufacturing industries Understanding (K2)
CO2 identify the parts by using different coding methods Applying (K3)
CO3 develop a process plan and material requirement plan for a product Applying (K3)
CO4 design flexible manufacturing layout for a machine cell Applying (K3)
CO5 utilize various computer aided quality control and inspection techniques Understanding (K2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO2 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 2
CO3 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2
CO5 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 25 65 10 100
CAT2 20 60 20 100
CAT3 25 65 10 100
ESE 20 60 20 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE15 PRECISION MANUFACTURING
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Manufacturing Processes 7 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble To impart knowledge in unconventional manufacturing and high precision finishing methods
Unit – I Introduction and Mechanical Energy Based Processes: 9
Unconventional machining processes – Need – Classification of modern machining processes. Abrasive Jet Machining (AJM),
Water Jet Machining (WJM), Abrasive Water Jet Machining (AWJM), Ultrasonic Machining (USM) - Working Principles –
Equipment – Process parameters – MRR – Applications.
Unit – II Electrical Energy Based Processes: 9
Electric Discharge Machining (EDM): Working Principle – Equipment used - Process Parameters - Surface Finish - MRR -
electrode / Tool – Power and control circuits - Tool Wear – Dielectric – Flushing – Applications., Wire cut EDM – Principles –
Equipment –Types –Applications.
Unit – III Chemical and Electro-Chemical Energy Based Processes: 9
Chemical Machining: Etchants used – Maskant - Techniques of maskants - Process Parameters – Surface finish and MRR -
Applications. Electro-Chemical Machining: Principles of ECM – equipment used - Surface Roughness and MRR - Electrical circuit
- Process Parameters. ECG and ECH – Working principle – Applications.
Unit – IV Thermal Energy Based Processes: 9
Laser Beam Machining (LBM) - Process Parameters – Surface finish and MRR - Applications. Plasma Arc Machining (PAM) and
Electron Beam Machining (EBM), Beam control techniques – Working Principles – Equipment – Process parameters – MRR –
Applications.
Unit – V High Precision Finishing Processes: 9
Abrasive Flow Finishing (AFM): Introduction -Working Principles – Equipment – Process parameters – Application, Magnetic
Abrasive Finishing (MAF): Working Principles – Equipment – Process parameters – Application. Magneto Rheological Finishing
(MRF): Working Principles – Equipment – Process parameters – Applications.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Gary F. Benedict, "Non-traditional Manufacturing Processes", Special Indian Edition, CRC Press, Florida, 2011.
REFERENCES:
1. McGeough J.A, "Advanced Methods of Machining", Springer, Switzerland, 2014.
2. Jain Vijay K, "Advanced Machining Processes", Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2009.
3. Pandey P.C & Shan H.S, "Modern Machining Processes", Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2007.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 choose mechanical energy based unconventional machining processes for various applications Understanding (K2)
CO2 apply the electrical energy based processes for unconventional machining Applying (K3)
CO3 utilize chemical and electro-chemical energy based processes for machining Understanding (K2)
CO4 interpret thermal energy based processes for unconventional machining Understanding (K2)
CO5 select the appropriate high precision finishing process for various applications Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 2
CO3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 2
CO5 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 50 30 100
CAT2 20 50 30 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 20 50 30 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE16 PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION

Programme & B.E. & Mechatronics

Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch Engineering
Microcontroller Programming and Applications,
Prerequisites 7 PE 3 0 0 3
Systems and Control Engineering

Preamble This course imparts knowledge on process dynamics and process characteristics. It emphasizes on types of control,
tuning of controllers and advanced control systems. This course also includes instrumentation needed for process
control and applications of various process control systems.
Unit - I Introduction to Process Dynamics: 9
Process control - Automatic process control - Need for automatic process control in industry - Mathematical Modeling of
Processes – First order process systems - level, Temperature and pressure - Second order process systems - Interacting and
non-interacting systems - Batch and continuous process - Self regulation - Servo and regulator operation.
Unit - II Control Characteristics and Tuning: 9
Automatic controller - Process characteristics - Control system parameters - Discontinuous controller modes - Continuous
controller modes - Composite control modes. Evaluation criteria: Performance criteria - Controller tuning: Process reaction curve
method - Ziegler-Nichols method.
Unit - III Control Systems with Multiple Loops: 9
Advanced control systems - Feed forward control - Cascade control - Ratio control - Selective control Systems - Split-Range
control - Adaptive control - Inferential control – Multi variable control.
Unit - IV Process Instrumentation: 9
Signal converters: I/P and P/I converters – Control valves: Characteristics, Valve positioner, Selection of control valves -
Introduction to transmitters, Two wire and four wire transmitters, Smart and intelligent transmitters.
Unit - V Process Control Systems: 9
Boiler, Reactor, Mixing controls, Evaporation, Dryer, Heat exchanger, Distillation process.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. George Stephanopoulos, "Chemical Process Control-An Introduction to Theory and Practice", 1st Edition, Pearson, New
Delhi, 2015.
REFERENCES:
1. Johnson C.D., "Process Control Instrumentation Technology", 8th Edition, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
2. Krishnaswamy K., "Process Control", 2nd Edition, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 develop the dynamics of processes using mathematical approach and interpret the characteristics of Applying (K3)
processes
CO2 propose the suitable control modes and examine the tuning of controllers Analyzing (K4)
CO3 select suitable control system for various industrial processes Applying (K3)
CO4 choose the instrumentation to control the process Understanding (K2)
CO5 apply suitable control for process control systems Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO5 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 40 40 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE17 CYBER PHYSICAL SYSTEMS
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Sensors and Signal Conditioning,
Prerequisites 7 PE 3 0 0 3
Microcontroller Programming and Applications

Preamble To acquire knowledge and skills on various hardware and software design aspects of Cyber-Physical Systems
(CPS) - modeling, analysis, and design
Unit – I Introduction: 9
Cyber-Physical Systems (CPS) in the real world, Basic principles of design and validation of CPS, CPS HW platforms:
Processors, Sensors, Actuators, CPS network, CPS SW stack RTOS, Scheduling real time control tasks.
Unit - II Design of Embedded Systems: 9
Types of Processors – Parallelism. Memory architectures - Memory technologies - Memory hierarchy - Memory models. Input and
Output - I/O Hardware - Sequential software in a concurrent world - Analog/Digital interface.
Unit - III Multitasking and Scheduling: 9
Imperative Programs - Threads - Processes and message passing. Scheduling with fixed timing parameters- Memory effects,
Multiprocessor/ Multicore scheduling- Accommodating variability and uncertainty- Managing other resources- Rhythmic tasks
scheduling.
Unit – IV Security of Cyber-Physical Systems: 9
Cyber security requirements- Defining security and privacy -Attack model -Counter measures -System theoretic approaches-
Examples of security and privacy in action- Approaches to secure cyber-physical systems- Ongoing security and privacy
challenges for CPSs- Ethical hacking.
Unit – V Design of Mechatronics system and CPS: 9
V Model and its variants - System boundary definition- Multi-view and multi-level modeling- Topological modeling- Semantic
interoperability modeling- Multi-agent modeling- Collaboration modeling- internal block diagrams- multi-agent development
platform – Software tools- Java, Modelica. Case Study: Suspension control, Healthcare: Artificial Pancreas/Infusion
Pump/Pacemaker, Green buildings: Automated lighting, AC control, Digital twin system.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Edward A. Lee & Sanjit A. Seshia, "Introduction to Embedded Systems: A Cyber-Physical Systems Approach", 2nd Edition,
MIT press, United Kingdom, 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. Rajeev Alu, "Principles of Cyber-Physical Systems", MIT Press, United Kingdom, 2016.
2. Song H., Rawat D. B., Jeschke S. & Brecher C., "Cyber-physical systems: foundations, principles and applications", Morgan
Kaufmann, United States, 2016.
3. Rodrigues, Joel Jose PC, Ivan Stojmenovic, & Danda B. Rawat, "Cyber-physical systems: from theory to practice", CRC
Press, Florida, 2015.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 explain the fundamentals of cyber physical systems, its potential and challenges Understanding (K2)
CO2 infer the various components and architecture of CPS Understanding (K2)
CO3 interpret the functions of CPS multitasking and scheduling Understanding (K2)
CO4 explain the concepts of CPS in security and privacy aspects Understanding (K2)
CO5 design the mechatronics system with integration of CPS for different applications Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/Pos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1
CO3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1
CO4 3 2 2 1 1 1 1
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 40 60 100
CAT2 40 60 100
CAT3 20 50 30 100
ESE 25 60 15 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTE18 BATTERY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 7 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course is to impart fundamental knowledge on electrochemical energy storage systems considering the
operation and design of various battery technologies. This course also enables the students to understand the
requirement of batteries.
Unit - I Introduction: 9
Introduction to Battery Management System, Cells & Batteries, Nominal voltage and capacity, C rate, Energy and power, Cells
connected in series, Cells connected in parallel, Electrochemical and lithium-ion cells, Rechargeable cell, Charging and
Discharging Process, Overcharge and Undercharge, Modes of Charging.
Unit - II Major Battery Chemistries Development and Testing: 9
Battery performance evaluation- Primary battery - Service time- Voltage data- Service life – ohmic load curve- Effect of operating
temperature on service life. Secondary batteries- Discharge curves- Terminal voltages- Plateau voltage –Lead acid Batteries –
Construction and application.
Unit - III Recent Technologies: 9
Recent development of electrode materials in lithium ion batteries- Recent development of solid electrolytes and their application
to solid state batteries-Polymer solid electrolytes for lithium ion conduction– Thin Film solid state Batteries: Fundamentals,
Constriction and application – Super Capacitors: Fundamental, Construction and application.
Unit - IV Batteries for Automotives – Future prospects: 9
Degrees of vehicle electrification – Battery size vs. application -USABC and DOE targets for vehicular energy storage systems –
Analysis and simulation of batteries - Equivalent circuit and life modeling – Environmental concerns in battery production –
Recycling of batteries
Unit - V Design of battery BMS: 9
Design principles of battery BMS, Effect of distance, load, and force on battery life and BMS, Energy balancing with multi-battery
system.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Bergveld, H.J., Kruijt, W.S., Notten, P.H.L “Battery Management Systems -Design by Modelling” Philips Research Book
Series, New York, 2008.
REFERENCES:
1. Minami, T., Tatsumisago, M., Wakihara, M., Iwakura, C., Kohijiya, S., “Solid state ionics for batteries”, Springer Publication,
New York, 2009.
2. Sandeep Dhameja, Electric Vehicle Battery Systems, Newnes publication, United Kingdom, 2001.
3. Davide Andrea,” Battery Management Systems for Large Lithium-ion Battery Packs” Artech House, United Kingdom, 2010.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 interpret the role of battery management system Understanding (K2)
CO2 select the appropriate battery system with respect to application Applying (K3)
CO3 describe the recent developments in battery systems Understanding (K2)
CO4 understand the requirements of battery systems for automotive applications and understand the Understanding (K2)
modelling of battery systems
CO5 design the model of battery pack Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 50 30 100
CAT2 20 60 20 100
CAT3 20 60 20 100
ESE 20 55 25 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTE19 MACHINE TOOL CONTROL AND CONDITION MONITORING

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 7 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course provides the knowledge in machine tool control and condition monitoring based on Mechatronics
principles.
Unit – I Overview of Automatic Control in Machine Tools: 9
Open loop and closed loop system in machine tools- process model formulation-transfer function. Control actions-block diagram
representation of mechanical pneumatic and electrical systems. Process computer Peripherals - Data logger-Direct digital control-
Supervisory computer control.
Unit – II Adaptive Control and PLC: 9
Adaptive control-types – ACC, ACO, Real time parameter estimation, Applications- adaptive control for turning, milling, grinding
and EDM. Programmable logic controller-Functions-Applications in machine tools.
Unit - III Condition Monitoring: 9
Cost comparison with and without CM – On-load testing and offload testing – Methods and instruments for CM – Temperature
sensitive tapes – Pistol thermometers – wear-debris analysis.
Unit - IV Vibration, Acoustic Emission and Sound Monitoring: 9
Primary & Secondary signals, Online and Off -line monitoring. Fundamentals of Vibration, Sound, Acoustic Emission. Machine
Tool Condition Monitoring through Vibration, Sound, Acoustic Emission, Case Studies.
Unit – V Condition Monitoring through Other Techniques: 9
Visual & temperature monitoring, Leakage monitoring, Lubricant monitoring, condition monitoring of Lube and Hydraulic systems,
Thickness monitoring, Image processing techniques in condition monitoring.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Mishra R.C. & Pathak K., "Maintenance Engineering and Management", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New
Delhi, 2012.
REFERENCES:
1. Sushil Kumar Srivstava, "Industrial Maintenance Management", 6th Edition, S.Chand & Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Mikell P. Groover, "Automation, Production Systems and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing", 4th Edition, Pearson
Education India, 2016.
3. Amiya Ranjan Mohanty, “Machinery Condition Monitoring: Principles and Practices”, CRC Press, 2015.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 comprehend the concepts of automatic control in machine tools Understanding (K2)
CO2 choose the type of adaptive control and PLC for machining operations Applying (K3)
CO3 identify condition monitoring techniques for various applications Applying (K3)
CO4 apply the condition monitoring technique for the machine tool through vibration, acoustic emission Applying (K3)
and sound analysis
CO5 Illustrate the various monitoring techniques associated with machine tools Understanding (K2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 2
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 2
CO3 3 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 2
CO4 3 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 2
CO5 3 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 60 20 100
CAT2 20 50 30 100
CAT3 20 50 30 100
ESE 20 50 30 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE20 APPLIED FINITE ELEMENT METHOD
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Strength of Materials 7 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course gives an introduction to the finite element method which uses different numerical methods for solving a
system of governing equations over the domain of a continuous physical system, which is discretized into simple
geometric shapes called a finite element.
Unit – I Introduction to FEA: 9
Introduction to finite element analysis – Discretization – Matrix algebra – Gauss elimination method – Governing equations for
continuum – Classical Techniques in FEM. Weighted residual method – Ritz method. Potential energy approach – Galerkin
approach for one and two dimensions.
Unit - II One Dimensional Elasticity Problems: 9
1-D Finite element modeling – Bar Element – Beam Element- Coordinates and shape functions – Assembly of stiffness matrix and
load vector –Formulation of Element Matrices and Equations - Analysis of Truss and Beam problems – Applications to Heat
Transfer problems.
Unit - III Two Dimensional Elasticity Problems: 9
Introduction to 2-D Finite element modeling – Plane stress – Plane Strain – Displacement Equations – Element Matrices –
Element Equations – Formulation using Natural Coordinates. Applications to Temperature Effects and Torsion problems.
Unit - IV Axisymmetric Elements: 9
Axisymmetric formulation – Element stiffness matrix and force vector – Galerkin approach – Body forces and temperature effects
– Stress calculations – Boundary conditions – Applications to cylinders under internal or external pressures – Rotating discs.
Unit – V Isoparametric Elements for Two Dimensional Continuum: 9
Four node quadrilateral elements – Shape functions – Element stiffness matrix and force vector – Numerical integration - Stiffness
integration – Stress calculations.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Rao S.S, "The Finite Element Method in Engineering", 5th Edition, Butterworth-Heinemann, United States, 2014.
REFERENCES:
1. Cook R.D., Malkus D.S., Plesha M.E. & Witt R.J., "Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis", 4th Edition, John
Wiley & Sons, New Jersey, 2007.
2. Reddy J.N., "An Introduction to the Finite Element Method", McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2006.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 apply the finite element concepts used for designing engineering components Applying (K3)
CO2 derive the element matrix equation for solving one dimensional structural problems and solve for Analyzing (K4)
different applications
CO3 estimate the results for a 3D domain using simple two dimensional assumptions for different Evaluating (K5)
applications
CO4 solve and analyze the engineering problems using axisymmetric assumptions Analyzing (K4)
CO5 apply the concepts of isoparametric elements and Numerical integration techniques in FEM Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 3
CO5 3 2 1 1 3 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 10 30 30 30 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 15 35 25 25 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE21 ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 7 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course provides scientific as well as technological aspects of various additive, and formative rapid
manufacturing processes. Variety of applications also be covered ranging from rapid prototyping to mass
customization.
Unit – I Introduction to Additive Manufacturing: 9
Evolution, fundamental fabrication processes, CAD for RPT, product design and rapid product development - Need for
time compression in product development - Conceptual design - Detail design, Prototype fundamentals - Fundamentals
of RP systems – RP process chain - 3D modelling -3D solid modeling software and their role in RPT - Data format - STL
files- History of RP systems - Classification of RP systems - Benefits of RPT.
Unit - II Liquid based RP systems: 9
Stereo Lithography Apparatus (SLA): Principle, Photo polymers, Post processes, Process parameters, Machine details,
Advantages. Solid Ground Curing (SGC): Principle, Process parameters, Process details, Machine details, Limitations.
Solid Creation System (SCS): Principle, Process parameters, Process details, Machine details, Applications.
Unit - III Solid based RP systems: 9
Fusion Deposition Modeling (FDM): Principle, Raw materials, BASS, Water soluble support system, Process parameters,
Machine details, Advantages and limitations. Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM): Principle, Process parameters,
Process details, Advantages and limitations. Solid Deposition Manufacturing (SDM): Principle, Process parameters,
Process details, Machine details, Applications.
Unit - IV Powder based RP systems: 9
Selective Laser Sintering (SLS): Principle, Process parameters, Process details, Machine details, Advantages and
applications. 3-Dimensional Printers (3DP): Principle, Process parameters, Process details, Machine details, Advantages
and limitations. Laser Engineered Net Shaping (LENS): Principle, Process details, Advantages and applications.
Unit – V Rapid Tooling and Applications of RP: 9
Direct Rapid Tooling, Indirect Rapid Tooling: Soft tooling and Hard tooling. Applications of RP in Product design,
Automotive industry, and Medical field – Conversion of CT/MRI scan data - Customized implant - Case studies -Reverse
engineering.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Chua C.K.,Leong K..& Lim C.S., "Rapid prototyping: Principles and Applications", 3rd Edition, World scientific,
Newjersy, 2010.
REFERENCES:
1. Pham D.T. & Dimov S.S., "Rapid Manufacturing", Springer -Verlag, London, 2011.
2. Amitabha Ghosh, "Rapid Manufacturing a Brief Introduction", Affiliated East West Press, New Delhi, 2011.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 develop 3D model for RP process in different file format Applying (K3)
CO2 select the suitable liquid based rapid prototyping system for a specific application Applying (K3)
CO3 select the suitable solid based rapid prototyping system for a specific application Applying (K3)
CO4 select the suitable powder based rapid prototyping system for a specific application Applying (K3)
CO5 apply the concepts of rapid prototyping in product design and development Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO2 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 40 40 20 100
CAT2 30 40 30 100
CAT3 30 45 25 100
ESE 30 40 30 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE22 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION PROTOCOLS
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 7 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble To impart basic concepts of data networks and different industrial automation protocols standards and its functions.
Unit – I Introduction to Networks in Industrial Automation: 9
Information flow requirements – Hierarchical communication model – Network requirements - Data Communication basics – OSI
reference model – Industry network – Recent network.
Unit - II Data Network Fundamentals: 9
EIA 232 interface standard – EIA 485 interface standard – EIA 422 interface standard – Current loop and serial interface
converters – Data link control protocol – Media access protocol: Command/response – Token passing and CSMA/CD – TCP/IP –
Bridges – Routers – Gateways.
Unit - III HART and MODBUS Protocol: 9
Introduction – Evolution of signal standard – HART communication protocol – Communication modes – HART networks– HART
commands – HART applications – MODBUS protocol structure –Transmission modes – Function codes – Troubleshooting.
Unit - IV Fieldbus and Profibus: 9
Introduction - General Fieldbus architecture, Basic requirements of Fieldbus standard, Fieldbus topology, Interoperability and
Interchangeability. Profibus: Introduction, Profibus protocol stack, Profibus communication model, Communication objects,
System operation and Troubleshooting – Foundation fieldbus versus Profibus.
Unit – V AS-interface (AS-i), Devicenet and Industrial Ethernet: 9
Introduction, Physical layer, Data link layer and Operating characteristics. Devicenet: Introduction, Physical layer, Data link layer
and Application layer. Industrial Ethernet: Introduction – core elements of Ethernet, Ethernet frame format, toplolgy overview-
Overview of Ethernet versions – 10Base Ethernet and 100Base Ethernet.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Bela G. Liptak & HalitEren, "Instrument Engineers Handbook: Process Software and Digital Networks", 4th Edition, CRS
Press, New York, 2011.
REFERENCES:
1. Mackay S., Wright E., Reynders D. & Park J., "Practical Industrial Data Networks: Design, Installation and Troubleshooting",
Newnes Publication, Burlington, 2004.
2. Jonas Berge, "Field Buses for Process Control: Engineering, Operation, and Maintenance", ISA Press, New York, 2004.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 demonstrate the basic network requirements for Industrial automation Understanding (K2)
CO2 infer the data network fundamentals Understanding (K2)
CO3 explain the HART and MODBUS Protocol for Networked Industrial Automation Understanding (K2)
CO4 infer the FIELDBUS and PROFIBUS for industrial automation network Understanding (K2)
CO5 demonstrate the functions of AS-I, Device net and Ethernet in industrial network Understanding (K2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 1 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO5 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 80 100
CAT2 20 80 100
CAT3 30 70 100
ESE 40 60 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE23 ROBOT PROGRAMMING
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Problem Solving and Programming,
Prerequisites 7 PE 3 0 0 3
Mechanics of Serial Manipulator

Preamble This course enables the student as industry ready robot programmer and application engineer.
Unit - I Introduction to Robot Programming: 9
Introduction – Robot Configuration – Robot Kinematics – Tool Centre Point - Co-ordinate systems – Interpolation – Jogging –
Work Envelope –Singularities – Position – Orientation – Reachability – Accuracy – Robot Calibration – Robot System
Components – Controller – Teach Pendent.
Unit - II Introduction to RAPID Programming: 9
RAPID Data – Controlling the Program Flow – RAPID Syntax. RAPID Robot Functionality – Move Instruction – User Interaction.
Structure – RAPID Procedure – Modules – Structured Design - Arrays.
Unit - III RAPID Data Types: 9
Program Structure – Modules – Routines - Program Data – Data Types – Data Declarations -Expressions – Instructions –
Decision Making – Motion settings – Motion – I/O Signals – Communication protocols.
Unit - IV RAPID Instructions: 9
Interrupts – Error recovery – Undo – System & time – Mathematical instruction- External computer communication – File
Operations – RAPID Support Instructions – Calibration & Service – String Functions- Multitasking – Backward Execution.
Unit - V Applications of Robot Programming: 9
Application development guidelines for handling – Arc welding – Spot welding. Offline programming – An Introduction to Robot
studio – Design of Robot Cell – Cycle time study – Cost analysis.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. ABB, Technical Reference Manual: RAPID – An overview Reference Manual: RAPID – An overview.
REFERENCES:
1. ABB, Technical Reference Manual: RAPID – Instructions, Functions and Data Types
2. ABB, Operating Manual: Robot Studio
3. ABB. Technical Reference Manual: Introduction to RAPID
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 identify the parts of robot and its constraints in movement and operation Applying (K3)
CO2 operate and simple maintenance functions Applying (K3)
CO3 analyse the application constraints while using industrial robot Applying (K3)
CO4 perform cycle time and cost analysis Applying (K3)
CO5 design a simple work cell layout Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
CO5 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 50 30 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE24 - TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Statistics and Numerical Methods 7 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course deals with Quality concepts and TQM principles focusing on process quality to assure product quality to
the customers. It also deals with the Basic and modern Quality management tools including ISO standards
Unit - I Quality Concepts and Principles: 9
Definition of Quality - Dimensions of Quality - Quality Planning - Quality costs - Basic concepts of Total Quality Management -
Historical Review. Principles of TQM - Leadership –Concepts - Quality Council - Quality Statements - Strategic Planning - Deming
Philosophy - Barriers to TQM Implementation.
Unit - II Total Quality Management-Principles and Strategies: 9
Customer satisfaction –Customer Perception of Quality - Customer Complaints - Customer Retention - Employee Involvement –
Motivation - Empowerment - Teams - Recognition and Reward - Performance Appraisal - Benefits. Continuous Process
Improvement –Juran Trilogy - PDSA Cycle - 5S - Kaizen - Supplier Partnership – Partnering - Sourcing - Supplier Selection -
Supplier Rating - Relationship Development - Performance Measures
Unit – III Control Charts for Process Control: 9
The seven tools of quality - Statistical Fundamentals –Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion - Population and Sample -
Normal Curve - Control Charts for variables and attributes - Process capability - Concept of six sigma.
Unit – IV TQM-Modern Tools: 9
The new seven tools of quality – Benchmarking: Need - Types and process; Quality Function Deployment(QFD)-HOQ
construction - case studies; Taguchi’s Robust design-Quality loss function - Design of Experiments (DOE); Total Productive
Maintenance(TPM)-uptime enhancement; Failure Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA)-Risk Priority Number - Process - case
studies.
Unit - V Quality Systems: 9
Quality Systems: Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems - ISO 9000 : 2015 Quality System –Elements - Implementation of
Quality System - Documentation - Quality Auditing - Introduction to ISO 14000 - IATF 16949 - TL 9000-IEC 17025- ISO 20000 -
ISO 22000. Process of implementing ISO - Barriers in TQM implementation.

Total: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Besterfield Dale H., Besterfield Carol, Besterfield Glen H., Besterfield Mary, Urdhwareshe Hemant, Urdhwareshe Rashmi.
"Total Quality Management", 5th Edition, Pearson Education, Noida, 2018.
REFERENCES:
1. Subburaj Ramasamy, "Total Quality Management", McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2017.
2. James R. Evans and William M. Lindsay, "The Management and Control of Quality", 8 th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012.
3. David Goetsch & Stanley Davis, “Quality Management for Organizational Excellence: Introduction to Total Quality”, 8 th Edition,
Pearson, 2015.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 comprehend quality principles and exhibit proper leadership style Applying (K3)
CO2 interpret the principles and strategies of TQM and apply appropriately Applying (K3)
CO3 choose appropriate control chart to monitor a process Analyzing (K4)
CO4 apply various quality tools and techniques in both manufacturing and service industry Analyzing (K4)
CO5 implement the concepts of quality management system and ISO. Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 3
CO2 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 1 1 2 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 3
CO5 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 2 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 25 45 30 100
CAT2 20 30 30 20 100
CAT3 20 30 30 20 100
ESE 20 30 30 20 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1, 2, 3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTE25 MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 7 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course enables the student to understand the principles, functions and practices adapted in industry for
the successful management of maintenance activities and repair of machines.
Unit - I Principles and Maintenance System Planning: 9
Introduction to repair and Maintenance – Maintenance as business – Objectives and principles of planned maintenance
activity – Importance and benefits of sound Maintenance systems: Maintenance systems – reactive, preventive or
proactive systems – Maintainability – Inherent and overall availability – Mean time between failures, – Mean Time
Between Failures (MTBF), Mean Time To Repair (MTTR) and Mean To Down Time (MTDT).
Unit - II Condition Based Maintenance: 9
Introduction to Condition based monitoring of equipment and systems; Condition Monitoring Techniques -Vibration
analysis–Ultrasonic detection techniques -Thermograph - lubrication methods and its analysis – Motor condition
monitoring (MCM); Cost comparison with and without CM; On-load testing and off-load testing methods – Temperature
sensitive tapes – Pistol thermometers – Wear-Debris analysis.
Unit - III Maintenance Techniques: 9
Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) –Relationship between Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE) and world class
Maintenance – Seven modern tools – Applications - Ladder of Maintenance improvement–Computerized online health
monitoring of machine– data acquisition for effective management of Computerized Maintenance Management System
(CMMS).
Unit - IV Failure Analysis and Reliability Engineering and Safety in Maintenance: 9
Defect/failure definition; Failure - Rate –Mode -Reporting – Data collection; Failure analysis - Tools – Fault tree analysis -
Event tree analysis-Root cause analysis – FMEA – FMECA - System Reliability- Series, Parallel and mixed configuration
– Reliability increasing techniques. Safety – Definition – Methods of enhancing safety – Modern industrial scenarios-
Safety tools – Case studies.
Unit - V Repair Methods of Mechanical and Electrical Equipment: 9
Plain bearings – Rolling element bearings – Flexible coupling and chains for power transmission – overhead and gantry
cranes – Chain hoists – Belt drives. Electrical motors – Maintenance of motor control components – Maintenance of
Industrial Batteries.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Srivastava S.K., "Industrial Maintenance Management", 6th Edition, S. Chand & Co, New Delhi, 2016.
REFERENCES:
1. Bhattacharya S.N., "Installation, Servicing and Maintenance", 2nd Edition, S.Chand & Co, New Delhi, 2015.
2. Keith Mobley R., "Maintenance Engineering Handbook", 8th Edition, McGraw Hill Professional, New Delhi, 2008.
Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 demonstrate the principles and functions of maintenance in industry Understanding (K2)
CO2 interpret the various condition based maintenance techniques Understanding (K2)
CO3 plan and implement the maintenance management systems Understanding (K2)

CO4 synthesize the functional concepts of reliability and safety engineering Understanding (K2)
CO5 apply the various repair methods in basic machine elements Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 3 2 2 1 2
CO2 3 2 2 1 2 1 2
CO3 3 2 2 1 2 2 1 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 2 1 2
CO5 3 2 2 2 1 2 1 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 70 10 100
CAT2 25 65 10 100
CAT3 25 60 15 100
ESE 20 60 20 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE26 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites NIL 7 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course deals with electronics and emission control systems in automobiles. It also provides the knowledge
about different sensors, actuators and engine control units for improving the performance of automobiles.
Unit - I Introduction: 9
Evolution of electronics in automobiles – Introduction to Euro I, Euro II, Euro III, Euro IV, Euro V standards – Equivalent Bharat
Standards. Charging systems: Working, Charging circuit diagram – Alternators – Requirements of starting system - Starter motors
and starter circuits. Introduction to hybrid and electric vehicles.
Unit - II Sensors and Actuators: 9
Working principle and characteristics of sensors: Airflow rate, Engine crankshaft angular position, Hall effect, Throttle angle,
temperature, Exhaust gas oxygen sensor. Exhaust gas recirculation actuators, Stepper motor actuator and vacuum operated
actuator.
Unit - III Ignition and Injection Systems: 9
Ignition systems: Ignition fundamentals - Electronic ignition systems - Programmed ignition – Distribution less ignition - Direct
ignition – Spark Plugs. Electronic fuel control - Engine fuelling and exhaust emissions – Electronic control of carburetion – Petrol
fuel injection – Diesel fuel injection.
Unit – IV In-Vehicle Networks, Engine and Emission Systems: 9
In vehicle networks: CAN, LIN, FLEXRAY, MOST, KWP2000. Control modes for fuel control-engine control subsystems – Ignition
control methodologies – Engine management system. Catalytic converter – EGR – SCR – lean NOX Trap. Turbo charger & Super
charger.
Unit – V Chassis and Safety Systems: 9
Electronic transmission control. Traction control system – Adaptive cruise control – Antilock braking system - Electronic Stability
Program – Electronic suspension system – Working of airbag and role of MEMS in airbag systems –Seat belt tensioners.
Centralized door locking system – Climate control of cars, Automotive lighting circuits.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Tom Denton, "Automobile Electrical and Electronics Systems", 5th Edition, Routledge Taylor and Francis Publishers, London,
2018.
2. Ribbens William B, "Understanding Automotive Electronics", 8th Edition, Butterworth- Heinemann, Burlington, 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. James D Halderman, "Automotive Electricity and Electronics", 6th Edition, Pearson Education, New York, 2020.
2. Najamuz Zaman, “Automotive Electronics Design Fundamentals”, 1st Edition, Springer International Publishing, Switzerland,
2015.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 adapt to the continuous changes in emission norms of India and its supporting electronic systems Understanding (K2)
CO2 identify the various sensors and actuators for automotive applications Understanding (K2)
CO3 explain the use of electronic ignition and injection system in automobiles Understanding (K2)
CO4 understand about in-vehicle networking, engine and emission management system Applying (K3)
CO5 apply the concepts of chassis and safety systems for automobile up gradation Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 2 3 1 2 2 2 1 2
CO2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 3 3
CO3 3 1 2 1 1 2 3 3
CO4 3 1 3 3 2 1 2 3 3
CO5 2 2 1 1 1 3 1 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 40 60 100
CAT2 40 60 100
CAT3 40 50 10 100
ESE 40 50 10 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE27 MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Applied Physics,
Prerequisites Engineering Mechanics, 7 PE 3 0 0 3
Sensors and Signal Conditioning

Preamble This course provides introduction to the basic concepts of sensors, actuators and scaling laws of micro system. It
introduces the phenomenon of fabrication, manufacturing and packaging of Micro System. It familiarizes students to
design and develop a micro product for various applications.
Unit - I Microsystems: 9
Overview-Microsystems - Working principle of Microsystems - Scaling laws - Scaling in geometry - Scaling in rigid body dynamics
- Scaling in electrostatic forces - Scaling in electromagnetic forces - Scaling in electricity - Scaling in fluid mechanics - Scaling in
heat transfer.
Unit – II Microsensors and Actuators: 9
Micro sensors - Micro actuation techniques - Micropump – Micromotors – Microvalves – Microgrippers - Micro accelerometers.
Unit – III Micro System Fabrication: 9
Substrates - Single crystal silicon wafer formation - MEMS materials - Photolithography - Ion implantation - Diffusion - Oxidation -
CVD - Physical Vapor Deposition - Deposition by epitaxy – Etching process.
Unit – IV Micro System Manufacturing and Design: 9
Bulk Micro manufacturing - Surface Micromachining – LIGA – SLIGA. Micro system packaging – Materials - Die level - Device
level - System level - Packaging techniques - Surface bonding - Wire bonding – Sealing - Design considerations.
Unit – V Micro System Applications: 9
Applications of micro system in – Automotive - Bio medical – Aerospace – Telecommunications field. Basic exposure to software
for MEMS design – Micro system Design using CAD tool.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Tai-Ran Hsu, "MEMS And Microsystems: Design And Manufacture", 1st Edition, McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi,
2002.
REFERENCES:
1. Marc Madou, "Fundamentals of Microfabrication", 2nd Edition, CRC Press, New York, 2002.
2. Zhang, Dan, Wei, Bin, "Advanced Mechatronics and MEMS Devices II", 1st Edition, Springer International Publishing, NA,
2017.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 examine Scaling laws of micro system Applying (K3)
CO2 interpret the concepts of micro sensors and micro actuators Understanding (K2)
CO3 identify the suitable fabrication process of microsystem Applying (K3)
CO4 identify the micro machining process and packaging Applying (K3)
CO5 design and develop the micro system for various applications Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 40 40 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE28 MOBILE ROBOTICS
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Problem Solving and Programming,
Prerequisites Kinematics of Machines, 7 PE 3 0 0 3
Machine Dynamics

Preamble This course enables to grasp the knowledge on different kinds of mobile robots and their design, architecture,
manufacture and structural disposition.
Unit - I Introduction to Mobile Robots: 9
Types of mobile robots: Automated Guided vehicles (AGVs)- Service robots - Cleaning robots – Social robots – Field robots –
Inspection and exploration robots - Humanoid robots – Nuclear robots – Underwater robots - Autonomous surface vessels -
Applications of mobile robots.
Unit - II Mobile Robot Engineering: 9
Mobile robot subsystems – Fundamentals of wheeled and legged mobile robot - Kinematics models of mobile robots: Kinematic
models and constraints – Hilare mobile robots – Car-like mobile robots – Mobile robot maneuverability - Mobile robot workspace-
Motion control.
Unit - III Locomotion: 9
Introduction - Legged mobile robots - Leg configurations and stability - Examples of legged robot locomotion - Wheeled mobile
robots - Wheeled locomotion: Design space-Case studies.
Unit - IV Perception and Localization: 9
Sensors for mobile robots – Representing uncertainty - Feature extraction - Mobile robot localization - Challenge of localization:
Noise and Aliasing - Map representation - Probabilistic map-based localization - Probabilistic map-based localization.
Unit - V Planning and Navigation: 9
Introduction- Competences for navigation- Planning and Reacting- Navigation architectures- Modularity for code reuse and
sharing- Control localization- Techniques for decomposition- Case studies: Tiered robot architectures.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Roland Siegwart, Illah Reza Nourbakhsh & Davide Scaramuzza, "Introduction to Autonomous Mobile Robots", 2nd Edition,
MIT Press, United Kingdom, 2011.
REFERENCES:
1. Farbed Fahimi, "Autonomous Robots – Modeling, Path Planning and Control", Springer, Switzerland, 2009.
2. Alonzo Kelly, "Mobile Robotics: Mathematics, Models and Methods", Cambridge University Press, United Kingdom, 2013.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 identify various domains for robotic systems applications Understanding (K2)
CO2 develop kinematic model of mobile robots Applying (K3)
CO3 analyze different concepts of locomotion Applying (K3)
CO4 select the sensory devices for localization Understanding (K2)
CO5 apply the concepts of planning and navigation Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 50 30 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE29 DRONE TECHNOLOGY
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Problem Solving and Programming,
Prerequisites Kinematics of Machines, 7 PE 3 0 0 3
Machine Dynamics

Preamble This course strives to identify and introduce Drones or UAVs (Unmanned Aerial Vehicles) as piloted by remote
control or on board computers through computer vision and artificial intelligence technologies.
Unit - I Introduction to Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAV): 9
Overview and background: history of UAVs, classifications of UAVs, lift generation method. Contemporary applications like
military, government and civil areas. Operational considerations like liability / legal issues, ethical implications LOS / BLOS.
Unit - II Unmanned Aerial System (UAS) components: 9
Platforms - configurations - characteristics – applications. Propulsion: internal combustion engines, turbine engines, electric
systems. On-board flight control – Payloads: sensing/surveillance, weaponized UAS and delivery. Communications:
command/control, telemetry. Launch/recovery systems - Ground control stations
Unit - III Basic Concepts of Flight: 9
Aerodynamics: lift, weight, thrust, and drag. Flight performance: climbing vs. gliding flight, range / endurance - Stability and
control: flight axes, flight controls, autopilots. Emergency identification and handling - Fixed wing operations: Types of fixed wing
drones, make, parts, terminology and operation.
Unit - IV Drone Equipment Maintenance: 9
Maintenance of drone, flight control box - Maintenance of ground equipment- batteries - Scheduled servicing - Repair of
equipment - Fault finding and rectification - Weather and meteorology.
Unit - V Regulatories and Regulations: 9
Homeland regulatories: FCC, FAA and foreign regulatory. Regulations: FCC compliance, UAS registration, Federal Aircraft
Regulations (FARs) - Safety considerations
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Paul Fahlstrom, Thomas Gleason, "Introduction to UAV Systems", 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, NA, 2016.
REFERENCES:
1. Randal W. Beard & Timothy W. McLain, "Small Unmanned Aircraft: Theory and Practice", Princeton University Press,
Newjersy, 2010.
2. Jha, "Theory, Design, and Applications of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles", 1st Edition, CRC press, Florida, 2017.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 acquire the basic knowledge about the development and potential of UAV in professional activities Understanding (K2)
CO2 interpret the features and characteristics of an Unmanned Aerial System Understanding (K2)
CO3 infer the basic concepts and features of flight Applying (K3)
CO4 realize the drone equipment maintenance and repair Applying (K3)
CO5 follow the regulatory measures and regulations Understanding (K2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO3 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO5 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 60 20 100
CAT2 20 60 20 100
CAT3 20 60 20 100
ESE 20 60 20 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE30 PRINCIPLES OF FARM MACHINERIES
Programme &
B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Nil 8 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course explores the nature of soil conditions and principles of farm equipment.
Unit - I Introduction to Farm Machines and Soil 9
Introduction to farm machines: Objectives of farm mechanisms - Classification of farm machines - Materials for construction of
farm machines - Principles of operation and selection of machines for production of crops - Soil: Nature and Origin of soil- Soil
forming rocks and minerals - Soil classification and composition - Soil forming processes.
Unit - II Tillage 9
Tillage: Primary and Secondary tillage equipment - Forces acting on tillage tools - Field operation patterns - Draft measurement of
tillage equipment - Earth moving equipment - Construction & working principles of bulldozer - Trencher - Excavators - Sowing -
Planting and transplanting equipment their calibration and adjustments.
Unit - III Fertilizer Application Equipment 9
Fertilizer application equipment: Selection - Calibration - Construction features - Different components and adjustment of weed
control - Plant protection equipment - Sprayers and Dusters - Work physiology of men and women.
Unit - IV Principles and Types of Cutting Mechanisms 9
Principles and types of cutting mechanisms: Construction and adjustments of shear and impact type cutting mechanisms - Crop
harvesting machinery: Mowers - Windrowers - Reapers - Reaper binders and forage harvesters - Forage chopping and handling
equipment - Root crop harvesting equipment - Cotton picking and sugarcane harvesting equipment.
Unit – V Principles of Harvesting Tools and Machines 9
Principles of harvesting tools and machines: Horticultural tools and gadgets - Testing of farm machine - Test codes and procedure
- Interpretation of test results - Selection and management of farm machines for optimum performance - Workplace layout for men
and women.

Total: 45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Kepner R. A., Bainer Roy and Barger E. L, "Principals of Farm Machinery", 3 rd Edition, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New
Delhi, 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. Bosoi E.S., "Theory, Construction and Calculation of Agricultural Machines", 1 st Edition, Oxonion Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
1990.
2. Ghosh P.K. and Swain S., "Practical Agricultural Engineering", 1 st Edition, NayaProkash, Calcutta, 1993.
3. Donnel Hunt, "Farm Machinery and Management", 10 th Edition, Iowa State University Press, Ames, USA, 2016.
Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 describe the nature of soil condition and different types of farming equipment Understanding (K2)
CO2 illustrate the working of tillage equipment Understanding (K2)
CO3 identify the fertilizer application equipment and explain its working construction Understanding (K2)
CO4 explain the cutting mechanisms for various crops Understanding (K2)
CO5 illustrate the principle of harvesting equipment for various crop Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/Pos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1 1 2 3
CO2 3 2 1 1 1 2 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 1 2 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 1 2 3
CO5 3 2 1 1 1 2 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 50 50 100
CAT2 40 60 100
CAT3 50 50 100
ESE 40 60 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)

20MTE31 - AVIONICS
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
Programme &
B.E. Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Sensors and Signal processing,
Prerequisites Systems and Control Engineering, 8 PE 3 0 0 3
Microcontroller Programming and Applications

Preamble To impart basic knowledge about the avionic architecture, various avionics data buses, displays and gain
more knowledge on various avionics subsystems
Unit - I Introduction to Avionics: 9
Basics of Avionics, the cockpit environment – a historical overview-evolution and crew tasks, Need for Avionics in civil-military
aircraft and space systems – Integrated Modular Avionics Architecture.

Unit - II Digital Avionics Bus Architecture: 9

Avionics Bus architecture–Data buses AFDX/ARINC-664-MIL STD 1553B–ARINC 429–ARINC 629-ARINC 818

Unit - III Flight Deck and Cockpits: 9

Control and display technologies: Tactile control panel (TCP), Direct voice input (DVI) –-Civil cockpit and military cockpit:
MFDS, PFDS-HUD, HMD, HMI

Unit - IV Navigation Systems: 9

ADF, VOR, DME, NDB, ILS, marker beacon, RNAV architecture, INS, GPS and GNSS characteristics, Airborne surveillance
systems- ACAS and TAWS.

Unit - V Fly-By-Wire & Auto Pilot: 9

Fly-by-wire: Basic principles and A320 detailed case study.Auto pilot – Basic principles, Longitudinal and lateral auto pilot

Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. R.P.G. Collinson, "Introduction to Avionics", 3rd Edition, Chapman & Hall Publications, New York, 2011.
REFERE
1. Albert Helfrick.D, "Principles of Avionics", 3rd Edition, Avionics Communications Inc, USA, 2004.
2. Cary R .Spitzer, "The Avionics Handbook", 1st Edition, Springer science+Business media LLC , USA, 2000.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 built digital avionics architecture Applying (K3)
CO2 integrate avionics system using digital data buses Applying (K3)
CO3 apply various cockpit display technologies for avionics Applying (K3)
CO4 design and build navigation systems Applying (K3)
CO5 design fly-by-wire and auto pilot systems Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 1 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 1 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 3 2 1 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom‘s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating
Total %
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) %
CAT1 20 40 40 100
CAT2 10 40 50 100
CAT3 10 40 50 100
ESE 15 40 45 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)

20MTE32 PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

Programme & Branch B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
Prerequisites NIL 8 PE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course provides a set of product development methods that can be put into immediate practice and focus on current
innovation trends
Unit - I Development Processes and Organizations: 9
Introduction to New Product and Product design- Characteristics of successful product development – The challenges in product development
-Product development process – Adapting generic product development process- Product development process flows –product development
organizations.
Unit - II Opportunity Identification and Product Planning: 9
Types of opportunities- Structure of Opportunity Identification – Opportunity identification process; Product Planning Process - Four types of
product development projects – Steps in Product Planning- - Identifying Customer needs.
Unit - III Product specifications and Concept development: 9
Product Specifications – Target and final specifications. Concept generation: Five step method- Concept selection- Concept screening –
Concept scoring – concept testing.
Unit - IV Product architecture and Industrial Design: 9
Implications of the architecture – Establishing the architecture – Delayed differentiation – Platform Planning – System level design issues.
Industrial Design – Assessing the Need for Industrial Design and its impact - Industrial design process and management – Assessing the
quality of Industrial Design.
Unit - V Design considerations and prototyping: 9
Design for environment – Design for manufacturing and supply chain; Prototyping – Principles – Technologies – planning for prototypes -
Robust design – Process flow.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Ulrich, Karl T., Eppinger, Steve D., and Yang, Maria C., “Product Design and Development”, 7th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2020.
REFERENCES:
1. Devdas Shetty, "Product Design For Engineers", Cengage Learning, Boston, 2016.
2. Maddock M. & Uriarte L., "Brand New: Solving the Innovation Paradox – How Great Brands Invent and Launch New Products, Services
and Business Models", John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New Jersey, 2011.
3. Roozenburg N. F. & Eekels J., "Product design: fundamentals and methods", John Wiley & Sons Inc., New Jersey, 1995.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 infer the basic need for new product design and development process Understanding (K2)
CO2 identify opportunities and customer needs for new product development Applying (K3)
CO3 arrive at product specification and develop concepts for new product Analyzing (K4)
CO4 establish the overall product architecture and assess its industrial design Analyzing (K4)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
CO5 assess the design from environmental, manufacturing and supply chain perspective and develop Analyzing (K4)
prototypes

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 10 30 30 30 100
CAT2 10 30 30 30 100
CAT3 10 30 30 30 100
ESE 10 30 34 30 104
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE33 PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT
Programme & Branch B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Manufacturing Processes,
Prerequisites Economics and Management for Engineers, 8 PE 3 0 0 3
Statistics and Numerical Methods

Preamble To impart knowledge about product/process design & demand forecasting and identify plant location & layout, material
handling systems and implement aggregate planning, supply chain management, lean and agile systems in industries.
Unit - I Concept of PM and Demand Forecasting: 9
Objectives of Production Management – Production systems – Concept – Types - Productivity. Product Design and analysis: Process
planning and design- Economic Analysis- Designing for customer- Designing for manufacture and assembly. Demand forecasting: Time
series - Moving Average – Exponential Smoothing – Trend Projections – Regression and Correlation Analysis - Forecast errors.
Unit - II Facility Design: 9
Plant location: Factors affecting plant location – Center of Gravity Method – Factor Rating Method – Breakeven Analysis Method. Plant layout:
classification – layout design procedures- assembly Line Balancing. Material handling systems: unit load concept – Material handling
principles- classification of material handling equipments
Unit - III Aggregate Planning and ERP: 9
Aggregate planning strategies-Methods-Master Production Schedule. Material requirement planning (MRP)-BOM- Lot sizing in MRP-
Capacity Requirement Planning- MRP II. Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)-Modules-steps in ERP implementation- ERP products and
software’s
Unit - IV Supply Chain Management (SCM): 9
Elements of SCM - Supply chain performance- Drivers and metrics- Planning demand and supply- Planning inventory- Supply chain
coordination - Bullwhip effect – Transportation networks- Inbound & outbound logistics – Reverse logistics – Warehouse management.
Unit - V Lean and Agile Systems: 9
Toyota production systems – Types of wastes - Lean principles –Lean tools – Value stream mapping – Current state map, Future state map,
5S, Kanban, TPM, SMED, Visual management, Kaizen. Agile manufacturing – Fundamental structure – Agility through Management,
Technology, Manufacturing strategy, Competitive driver.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. William J.Stevenson, “Operations Management”, 13th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, New York, 2018.
REFERENCES:
1. Robert Jacobs, Ravi Shankar & Richard B Chase, “Operations and supply chain Management”, 15th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education,
New York, 2018.
2. Sunil Chopra & Peter Meindl, "Supply Chain Management – Strategy, Planning and Operation", 7th Edition, Pearson Education, New
Delhi, 2019.
3. Devadhasan S.R, Mohansivakumar V, Murugesh R & Shalij P.R, "Lean and Agile Manufacturing- Theoretical, Practical and Research
Futurities", PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2012.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 forecast the demand and plan for a product / service Applying (K3)
CO2 select proper location for a plant and design the layout / material handling systems Analyzing (K4)
CO3 develop aggregate and facility requirement plan for a manufacturing company Applying (K3)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
CO4 utilize the concept of supply chain management Understanding (K2)
CO5 apply various lean and agile principles in a manufacturing/service enterprise Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 1 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2
CO3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 2
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2
CO5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 30 40 30 100
CAT2 20 20 40 20 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 25 30 35 10 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTE34 NANOSCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
Programme & Branch B.E. & Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Applied Physics
Applied Chemistry
Prerequisites 8 PE 3 0 0 3
Materials Science and Metallurgy
Chemistry for Mechanical Systems

Preamble This course impart the knowledge on the basics of nanoscience and nanotechnology. To describe the different types of
nanostructured materials and its synthesis process. It helps to understand the applications of nanomaterials for transistors,
energy conversion and energy storage.
Unit - I Nanoscience and Technology: 9
Emerging trends in nanoscience and technology, Periodic table, Atomic structure, Molecules and phases, Molecular and atomic size,
Surfaces and dimensions, Prospects at the nanoscale, Bulk to nano transition, Scope of nano science and technology.
Unit - II Nanomaterials: 9
Size dependent properties, Optical, electrical, mechanical, magnetic properties, Quantum confinement, 0D, 1D, 2D, 3D nanostructures,
Quantum dot, Quantum wire, Quantum well, Bulk materials, Length and time scale in nanostructures.
Unit - III Nanomaterial Synthesis: 9
Top-Down approach, Bottom-up approach, Chemical precipitation and co-precipitation, Sol-gel synthesis, Self-assembly, Microwave heating
synthesis, Electrochemical synthesis, Inert gas condensation, Ball Milling, Molecular beam epitaxy, Chemical vapour deposition method and
Electro deposition.
Unit - IV Semiconductor Nanoparticles: 9
Size dependant physical properties like melting point, Solid state phase transformations, Excitons, Band-gap variations. P-N junction, Metal-
semiconductor, Metal-insulator, FET, MOSFETs. Types of nanocomposite -. Metal oxide, Ceramic, Glass and Polymer.
Unit - V Applications of Nanomaterials: 9
Solar cells and batteries, Fuel cells, PEM fuel cell. Acid/ alkaline fuel cells, Design of fuel cells, Carbon nanotubes for energy storage, Energy
and Environment, Hydrogen storage in carbon nanotubes.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Charles P., Poole JR. & Franks. J. Qwens, "Introduction to Nanotechnology", Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., Noida, 2012.
REFERENCES:
1. Mick Wilson & Kamali Kannagara, "Nanotechnology - Basics Science and Emerging Technologies", Overseas Press, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Pradeep T., "Nano the Essential Nanoscience and Nanotechnology", 1st Edition, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
3. Linden, "Hand book of Batteries and fuel cells", 4th Edition, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 interpret the fundamental principles of nanoscience and nanotechnology Understanding (K2)
CO2 infer optical, electrical, mechanical and magnetic properties of nanomaterials Understanding (K2)
CO3 apply engineering concepts for the synthesis of nanomaterials Applying (K3)
CO4 analyze the properties of semiconducting nanoparticles Analyzing (K4)
CO5 apply the concepts of nanostructured materials for energy storage Applying (K3)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 2 2 2
CO2 2 1 2 2 2
CO3 2 2 1 1 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 40 60 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 20 40 20 100
ESE 20 30 40 10 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTO01 - DESIGN OF MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS

(Offered by Department of Mechatronics Engineering)

All BE/BTech Engineering and Technology Branches

Programme & Branch Sem. Category L T P Credit
except Mechatronics Engineering
Prerequisites NIL 4 OE 3 1 0 4

Preamble This course relates the design of systems, devices and products aimed at achieving an optimal balance between basic
mechanical structure and its overall control.
Unit - I Fundamentals of Mechatronics Systems: 9+3
Introduction - Key elements –Mechatronics design process –Types of Design: Traditional and Mechatronics design - Integrated product
design -Advanced approaches in Mechatronics -Industrial design and ergonomics, Safety. Case study: Study of Mechatronics systems.
Unit - II System Modelling: 9+3
Introduction -Model categories -Fields of application -Model development -Model verification -Model validation -Simulators and Simulation –
Design of mixed system: Electro mechanical system design –Model transformation –Domain independent description forms: Bond graph and
Block Diagram -Simulator coupling. Response study: Mathematical modelling of open loop systems.
Unit - III System Interfacing: 9+3
Introduction –Elements of data acquisition and control system –Overview of I/O process -Installation of I/O card and software –TIA/EIA serial
interface standards (RS232/422/485) –General Purpose Interface Bus (IEEE 488) -GUI card –Ethernet switch -Man Machine Interfaces.
Response study: Real time data acquisition system.
Unit - IV Case Study on Mechatronics Systems: 9+3
Semi-Active Wheel Suspension -Internal Combustion Engine with Drive Train -Camera Winder -Auto focus Camera -Disk Drive –Transducer
calibration system -Strain gauge weighing system -Controlling temperature of a hot/cold reservoir using PID –pH Control system. Response
study: Simulation of closed loop control of systems.
Unit - V Case Study on Advanced Systems: 9+3
Machine tool control system - Electronics engine management system - Pick and place industrial manipulator – Autonomous mobile robot -
Artificial Intelligence in Mechatronics - Fuzzy controlled washing machine.
Lecture: 45, Tutorial: 15, Total: 60
TEXT BOOK:
1. Devdas Shetty & Richard A. Kolk, "Mechatronics System Design", 2nd Edition, CT Cengage Learning, Stamford, 2011.
REFERENCES:
1. Bolton W., "Mechatronics: Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering", 6th Edition, Pearson Education Limited,
New York, 2015.
2. Robert H. Bishop, "The Mechatronics handbook. Fundamentals and modeling", 2nd Edition, CRC Press, London, 2008.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 identify the necessary components for mechatronics system design Understanding (K2)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
CO2 model the Mechatronics system Understanding (K2)
CO3 select the suitable interface for mechatronics system Understanding (K2)
CO4 develop the physical system based on mechatronics design process Applying (K3)
CO5 build the mechatronics systems for real time applications Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 3 3 3
CO2 2 1 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 1 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 2 1 1 3 3 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 20 60 20 100
CAT2 20 60 20 100
CAT3 10 30 60 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTO02 - FACTORY AUTOMATION
(Offered by Department of Mechatronics Engineering)

All BE/BTech Engineering and Technology Branches

Programme & Branch Sem. Category L T P Credit
except Mechatronics Engineering
Prerequisites NIL 5 OE 3 0 2 4

Preamble This course provides the fundamental knowledge about automation in the field of production and assembly lines.
Unit - I Overview: 9
Automation overview, Requirement of automation systems, Architecture of factory automation system, Basic components of automation –
Sensors for temperature, pressure, force, displacement, speed, flow, level, humidity and pH measurement. Actuators, Process control valves.
Unit - II Communication and Control Systems: 9
Man-machine interface, Computer aided process control hardware and software, Process related interfaces, Communication and networking,
Data transfer techniques, Computer based data acquisition system, Internet of things (IoT) for plant automation.
Unit - III Programmable Automation Controllers: 9
Programmable controllers, Programmable logic controllers, Analog digital input and output modules, PLC programming, Ladder diagram,
Sequential flow chart, PLC communication and networking, PLC selection, PLC installation, Advantage of using PLC for industrial automation,
Application of PLC to process control industries.
Unit - IV SCADA: 9
Definition – Elements of SCADA – SCADA control – Remote terminal units – Master station – Communications protocols in SCADA –
Applications of SCADA.
Unit - V Robots for Factory Automation: 9
Basic construction and configuration of robot, Pick and place robot, Welding robot, Robots in Sorting, Mobile robots, Cobots and Humanoid
robots.

List of Exercises / Experiments:

1. Study on Embedded C Programming development in software platform
2. Study on Microcontroller Simulator
3. Development of Embedded C Programming and Interfacing sensors and relays with Microcontroller
4. Interfacing sensors with Microcontroller and IoT module
5. Introduction to programming /simulation/communication software for PLC programming
6. Logical testing of I/Os and its interfacing with PLC
7. Speed control of motor using PLC
8. Studies on ABB robot functions and programming
Lecture:45, Practical:30, Total:75
TEXT BOOK:
1. Bolton W., "Mechatronics", 6th Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2019.
REFERENCES:
1. Petruzella Frank D., "Programmable Logic Controllers", 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2019.
2. Stuart Boyer A., "SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition", 4th Edition, ISA, USA, 2016.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 identify the different types of sensors, actuators and power electronics devices used in automation system Understanding (K2)
CO2 infer the knowledge about communication and control system in real time interfacing Understanding (K2)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
CO3 analyze the functions of programmable logic controllers in automation industries Applying (K3)
CO4 adapt the concepts of SCADA for factory automation Applying (K3)
CO5 interpret the basic configuration and application of robot in factory automation Applying (K3)
Applying (K3),
CO6 develop a microcontroller based system for automation
Precision (S3)
Applying (K3),
CO7 build and simulate PLC programming for discrete and analog I/Os
Precision (S3)
Applying (K3),
CO8 develop plant level automation for real process plant using PLC and SCADA
Precision (S3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 1 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO6 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
CO7 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
CO8 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 40 40 20 100
CAT2 20 30 50 100
CAT3 20 30 50 100
ESE 15 35 50 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTO03 - DATA ACQUISITION AND VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION
(Offered by Department of Mechatronics Engineering)

All BE/BTech Engineering and Technology Branches

Programme & Branch Sem. Category L T P Credit
except Mechatronics Engineering
Prerequisites NIL 5 OE 3 0 2 4

Preamble This course provides the basics, programming techniques, data acquisition and interfacing techniques of Virtual
Instrumentation (VI) and its applications.
Unit - I Virtual Instrumentation: 9
Historical perspectives, Advantages, Block diagram and architecture of a virtual instrument, Data -flow techniques, Graphical programming in
data flow, Comparison with conventional programming– Graphical user interfaces – Controls and Indicators – ‘G’ programming/ modular
programming.
Unit - II VI Software Tools: 9
Data types – Data flow programming – Editing, Debugging and Running a Virtual Instrument – Graphical programming palettes and tools –
Function and Libraries – Structures: FOR Loops, WHILE loops, Shift Registers, CASE structure, Formula nodes, Sequence structures, Timed
looped structures.
Unit - III VI Programming Techniques: 9
Arrays and Clusters – Bundle/ Unbundle and Bundle /Unbundle by name – Plotting data: graphs and charts – String and File I/O: High level
and Low level file I/O’s – Attribute nodes – Local and global variables - Sub-VI.
Unit - IV Data Acquisition Hardware: 9
Basics of DAQ hardware and software – Concepts of data acquisition and terminology – Installing hardware and drivers – Configuring and
addressing the hardware – Digital and Analog I/O function – Real time data acquisition – USB based DAQ.
Unit - V VI applications: 9
Advantages and Applications: TCP/IP VI’s – PXI – Instrument control – Image acquisition – Motion control – Signal processing/ analysis –
Control design and simulation.

List of Exercises / Experiments :

1. GSD using For loops, While loops with shift registers / feedback nodes
2. GSD using Local variables and Global variables
3. GSD using Case structures and Sequence structures
4. GSD using Timed structures, Formula nodes and Event structures
5. GSD using Waveform graph, Waveform chart and XY graph
6. GSD using String functions, editing, formatting and parsing string
7. GSD using Arrays functions and Multi-dimensional arrays
8. GSD using Clusters operations: Assembling clusters and disassembling clusters
9. GSD using File Input / File Output function, Read / Write a file
10. GSD for real time measurement using Thermistor / Piezo-electric sensor
Lecture:45, Practical:30, Total:75
TEXT BOOK:
1. Jeffery Travis & Jim Kring, "LabVIEW for Everyone: Graphical programming made easy and Fun", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, India,
2009.
REFERENCES:
1. Gupta, Joseph & John, "Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW", 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, India, 2010.
2. Rick Bitter, Taqi Mohiuddin & Matt Nawrocki, "LabVIEW Advanced Programming Techniques", 2nd Edition, Taylor & Francis Group, NA,
2007.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
CO1 demonstrate the basic concepts about virtual instrumentation Understanding (K2)
CO2 explain the different programming palettes Understanding (K2)
CO3 interpret the aspects of palettes in real time measurement Understanding (K2)
CO4 experiment with modular hardware and compatible LabVIEW software Understanding (K2)
CO5 select the hardware and software concept of data acquisition system for advanced applications Understanding (K2)
CO6 interpret the software tools in virtual instrumentation Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)
CO7 develop programming through LabVIEW graphical environment Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)
CO8 perform interface of data acquisition hardware with LabVIEW software Applying (K3),
Manipulation (S2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/Pos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO6 3 2 1 2 2 2 3 3
CO7 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
CO8 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 50 50 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTO04 - 3D PRINTING AND DESIGN
(Offered by Department of Mechatronics Engineering)

All BE/BTech Engineering and Technology Branches

Programme & Branch Sem. Category L T P Credit
except Mechatronics Engineering
Prerequisites NIL 6 OE 3 0 0 3

Preamble The course is designed to impart knowledge and skills related to 3D printing technologies, selection of material and equipment
and develop a product.
Unit - I 3D Printing & CAD for Additive Manufacturing: 9
Introduction, Process, Classification, Advantages, Additive v/s Conventional Manufacturing processes, Application Domains: Aerospace,
Electronics, Health Care, Defence, Automotive, Construction, Food Processing, Machine Tools. CAD Data formats, Data translation, Data
loss, STL format.
Unit - II Additive Manufacturing Techniques: 9
Stereo-Lithography, LOM, FDM, SLS, SLM, Binder Jet technology; Process parameter, Process Selection for various applications; Reverse
engineering – Steps for 3d printing technology.
Unit - III Materials: 9
Metals, Non-Metals, Ceramics; Various forms of raw material-Liquid, Solid, Wire, Powder; Powder Preparation and their desired properties,
Polymers and their properties; Support Materials
Unit - IV Additive Manufacturing Equipment: 9
Process Equipment-Design and process parameters; Governing Bonding Mechanism; Common faults and troubleshooting; Process Design
Unit - V Post Processing & Product Quality: 9
Post Processing- Requirement and Techniques; Product Quality- Inspection and testing - Defects and their causes.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Chee Kai Chua and Kah Fai Leong, “3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing - Principles and Applications”, World Scientific, Singapore,
2017.
REFERENCES:
1. Sabrie Soloman, "3D Printing and Design", Khanna Publishing House, New Delhi, 2021.
2. Gibson I., Rosen D. W. & Stucker B., "Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid Prototyping to Direct Digital Manufacturing", Springer,
USA, 2010.
Andreas Gebhardt, "Understanding Additive Manufacturing: Rapid Prototyping, Rapid Tooling, Rapid Manufacturing", Hanser Publisher,
Germany, 2012.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
CO1 understand the need of additive manufacturing in real world applications Understanding (K2)
CO2 choose appropriate technique for AM applications Applying (K3)
CO3 select a specific material for the given application Applying (K3)
CO4 identify the process parameters of different AM process Applying (K3)
CO5 ensure the quality of the AM product Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/Pos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 3 3 3
CO2 2 1 2 3 3 3
CO3 2 1 2 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 20 40 40 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTO05 - DRONE SYSTEM TECHNOLOGY
(Offered by Department of Mechatronics Engineering)

All BE/BTech Engineering and Technology Branches

Programme & Branch Sem. Category L T P Credit
except Mechatronics Engineering
Prerequisites NIL 6 OE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course strives to identify and introduce Drones or UAVs (Unmanned Aerial Vehicles) as piloted by remote control or on
board computers through computer vision and artificial intelligence technologies.
Unit - I Introduction to Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAV): 9
Overview and background: history of UAVs, classifications of UAVs, lift generation method. Contemporary applications like military,
government and civil areas.
Unit - II Unmanned Aerial System (UAS) components: 9
Platforms - configurations - characteristics – applications. Propulsion: Payloads: sensing / surveillance, weaponized UAS and delivery.
Communications: command/control, telemetry. Launch/recovery systems - Ground control stations.
Unit - III Basic Concepts of Flight: 9
Aerodynamics: lift, weight, thrust, and drag. Flight performance: climbing vs. gliding flight, range / endurance - Stability and control: Fixed
wing operations: Types of fixed wing drones, make, parts, terminology and operation.
Unit - IV Drone Equipment Maintenance: 9
Maintenance of drone, flight control box - Maintenance of ground equipment- batteries - Scheduled servicing - Fault finding and rectification -
Weather and meteorology.
Unit - V Regulatories and Regulations: 9
Homeland regulatories: FCC, FAA and foreign regulatory. Regulations: FCC compliance, UAS registration, Federal Aircraft Regulations
(FARs) - Safety considerations
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Paul Fahlstrom, Thomas Gleason, "Introduction to UAV Systems", 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, USA, 2012.
REFERENCES:
1. Randal W. Beard and Timothy W. McLain, "Small Unmanned Aircraft: Theory and Practice", Princeton University Press, New Jersey,
2010.
2. Jha, "Theory, Design, and Applications of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles", CRC Press, Florida, 2016.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 acquire the basic knowledge about the development and potential of UAV in professional activities Understanding (K2)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
CO2 interpret the features and characteristics of an Unmanned Aerial System Understanding (K2)
CO3 infer the basic concepts and features of flight Applying (K3)
CO4 realize the drone equipment maintenance and repair Applying (K3)
CO5 follow the Regulatory measures and regulations Understanding (K2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO3 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO5 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 20 60 20 100
CAT2 20 60 20 100
CAT3 20 60 20 100
ESE 20 60 20 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTO06 - ROBOTICS
(Offered by Department of Mechatronics Engineering)

All BE/BTech Engineering and Technology Branches

Programme & Branch Sem. Category L T P Credit
except Mechatronics Engineering
Prerequisites NIL 8 OE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course provides the knowledge about industrial robots and their control and design.
Unit - I Introduction to Robotics: 9
Types and components of a robot- Classification of robots - Closed loop and open loop control systems. Kinematics systems: Definition of
mechanisms and manipulators- Social issues and safety.
Unit - II Robot Kinematics and Dynamics: 9
Kinematic Modelling: Translation and rotation representation- Coordinate transformation- DH parameters- Jacobian-Singularity and Statics.
Dynamic Modelling: Equations of motion- Euler-Lagrange formulation.
Unit - III Sensors and Vision System: 9
Sensor: Contact and Proximity, Position, Velocity, Force, Tactile. Introduction to Cameras- Camera calibration- Geometry of image formation-
Euclidean/Similarity/Affine/Projective transformations- Vision applications in robotics.
Unit - IV Robot Control and Actuation Systems: 9
Basics of control: Transfer functions, Control laws: P, PD, PID - Non-linear and advanced controls. Actuators: Electric, Hydraulic and
Pneumatic; Transmission: Gears, Timing Belts and Bearings - Parameters for selection of actuators.
Unit - V Control Hardware and Interfacing: 9
Embedded systems: Architecture and integration with sensors, Actuators, Components, Programming for robot applications.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Saha S.K., "Introduction to Robotics", 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Higher Education, New Delhi, 2014.
REFERENCES:
1. Niku Saeed B., "Introduction to Robotics: Analysis", PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Ghosal A., "Robotics", Oxford, New Delhi, 2006.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
CO1 interpret the features of an industrial robots with end effector Understanding (K2)
CO2 perform kinematic and dynamic analyses with simulation Applying (K3)
CO3 design control laws for a robot Applying (K3)
CO4 integrate mechanical and electrical hardware for a real prototype of robotic device Applying (K3)
CO5 select a robotic system for given application Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
CO5 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 20 50 30 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTO07 - VIRTUAL AND AUGMENT REALITY IN INDUSTRY 4.0
(Offered by Department of Mechatronics Engineering)

All BE/BTech Engineering and Technology Branches

Programme & Branch Sem. Category L T P Credit
except Mechatronics Engineering
Prerequisites NIL 8 OE 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course familiarizes the basics concept of virtual reality and also analyses the kinematics and dynamics behaviors of VR
Environment through software.
Unit - I Introduction to Augmented Reality: 9
System structure of augmented reality; Key technology in AR; General solution for calculating geometric & illumination consistency in the
augmented environment.
Unit - II Virtual Reality and Virtual Environments: 9
The historical development of VR: Classic components of a VR system, Virtual environments, Requirements for VR, Benefits of virtual reality.
Hardware technologies for 3D user interfaces: Visual displays, Auditory displays, Haptic displays, Choosing output devices for 3D user
interfaces.
Unit - III Geometric Modelling: 9
Geometric modelling: Introduction – From 2D to 3D – 3D space curves – 3D boundary representation - Geometrical Transformations:
Introduction – Frames of reference – Modelling transformations – Instances –Picking – Flying – Scaling the VE – Collision detection. A
Generic VR system: Introduction –Virtual environment –Computer environment – VR Technology – Model of interaction – VR systems.
Unit - IV VR Hardwares & Softwares: 9
Human factors: Introduction –Eye - Ear- Somatic senses – VR Hardware: Introduction – Sensor hardware – Head-coupled displays – Acoustic
hardware – Integrated VR systems-VR Software: Introduction –Modelling virtual world –Physical simulation – VR toolkits – Introduction to
VRML.
Unit - V VR Applications in Manufacturing: 9
Introduction to Productivity Enhancement Platforms: Virtual prototyping spaces, Virtual collaborative working spaces, Augmented and virtual
assistance, Telepresence - Applications of VR in Robotics: Robot teleoperation.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Alan B Craig, William R Sherman and Jeffrey D Will, "Developing Virtual Reality Applications: Foundations of Effective Design", 1st
Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, USA, 2009.
REFERENCES:
1. John Vince., "Virtual Reality Systems ", 1st Edition, Pearson Education Asia, US, 2002.

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
CO1 explain the basic concept and framework of Augmented & virtual reality Understanding (K2)
CO2 establish an insight to virtual environment Understanding (K2)
CO3 realize the multimodal user interaction and perception in VR using geometric modelling and control Applying (K3)
mechanisms
CO4 apply computing tools for the development of VR environment Applying (K3)
CO5 develop virtual reality for manufacturing applications Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 3
CO2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 1 3
CO3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 1 3
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 40 60 100
CAT2 20 50 30 100
CAT3 20 20 60 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)

20GEO04 - INNOVATION AND BUSINESS MODEL DEVELOPMENT

(Offered by Department of Mechatronics Engineering)

Programme & Branch All BE/BTech Engineering and Technology Branches Sem. Category L T P Credit
Prerequisites NIL 5 OE 3 1 0 4
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

Preamble This course will inspire the students to think innovation concepts and ideas for business model developments.
Unit - I Innovation and Design Thinking: 9
Innovation and Creativity– Types of innovation – challenges in innovation- steps in innovation management- 7 concerns of design. Design
Thinking and Entrepreneurship – Design Thinking Stages: Empathize – Define – Ideate – Prototype – Test. Design thinking tools: Analogies –
Brainstorming – Mind mapping
Unit - II User Study and Contextual Enquiry: 9
Explanatory research – primary and secondary data – classification of secondary data – sources of secondary data – qualitative research –
focus groups – depth interviews – analysis of qualitative data – survey methods – observations- Process of identifying customer needs –
organize needs into a hierarchy –establish relative importance of the needs- Establish target specifications
Unit - III Product Design: 9
Techniques and tools for concept generation, concept evaluation – Product architecture –Minimum Viable Product (MVP)- Product
prototyping – tools and techniques– overview of processes and materials – evaluation tools and techniques for user-product interaction
Unit - IV Business Model Canvas (BMC): 9
Lean Canvas and BMC - difference and building blocks- BMC: Patterns – Design – Strategy – Process–Business model failures: Reasons
and remedies
Unit - V IPR and Commercialization: 9
Need for Intellectual Property- Basic concepts - Different Types of IPs: Copy Rights, Trademarks, Patents, Geographical Indications, Trade
Secrets and Industrial Design– Patent Licensing - Technology Commercialization – Innovation Marketing

Total:45

TEXT BOOK:
1. Rishikesha T.Krishnan, “8 Steps To Innovation: Going From Jugaad To Excellence”, Collins India, 2013.
REFERENCES:
1. Peter Drucker, “Innovation and Entrepreneurship”, Routledge CRC Press, London, 2014.
2. Eppinger, S.D. and Ulrich, K.T. “Product design and development”, 7th edition, McGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2020.
3. Alexander Osterwalder, “Business model generation: A handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers”, 1 st edition, John
Wiley and Sons; 2010
4. Indian Innovators Association, “Patent IPR Licensing – Technology Commercialization – Innovation Marketing: Guide Book for
Researchers, Innovators”, Notion Press, Chennai, 2017
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 understand innovation need and design thinking phases Understanding (K2)
CO2 identify, screen and analyse ideas for new products based on customer needs Analysing (K4)
CO3 develop and analyse the product concepts based on the customer needs and presents the overall Analysing (K4)
architecture of the product.
CO4 predict a structured business model for MVP Applying (K3)
CO5 practice the procedures for protection of their ideas’ IPR Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2
CO3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 20 30 40 10 100
CAT2 20 30 40 20 100
CAT3 30 30 40 100
ESE 20 30 30 20 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20GEO19 - ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT

( Offered by Department of Mechatronics Engineering )

Programme & Branch All BE/BTech Engineering and Technology Branches Sem. Category L T P Credit
Prerequisites Engineering Economics & Management 6 EC 3 0 0 3

Preamble The purpose of this course to create entrepreneurial awareness among engineering students.
Unit - I Entrepreneurship Concepts: 9
Entrepreneurship & Entrepreneur- Role in Economic Development - Factors affecting Entrepreneurship- Creativity and Innovation -
Entrepreneurship vs Intrapreneurship- Entrepreneurial Motivation factors – Types of Entrepreneurship & Entrepreneurs - Characteristics of
Entrepreneurs - Entrepreneurship Development in India
Unit - II Entrepreneurial Ventures and opportunity assessment: 9

New venture creation – Bootstrapping, Minipreneurship, Start-ups, Acquiring, Franchising & Social venturing - Venture development stages -
Models of market opportunity- Opportunity assessment: Critical Factors In Opportunity Assessment, Idea vs Opportunity, Evaluation process,
Global opportunities for entrepreneurs.
Unit - III Business Plan: 9
Designing Business Model- Business Model Canvas- Objectives of a Business Plan - Business Planning Process – Structure of a Business
Plan – Technical, Marketing, Financial Feasibility assessment - Competitive analysis - Common errors in Business Plan formulation -
Presentation of the Business Plan: The ‘Pitch’- case studies
Unit - IV Financing and accounting: 9
Forms of entrepreneurial capital – Sources of Financial capital: debt financing- Commercial banks and other sources, equity financing: Initial
Public offering (IPO), Private placement - Venture capitalists - Angel investors-New forms of financing: Impact investors, Micro-financing,
Peer-to-Peer Lending, Crowd funding - Natural capital. Preparing Financial Budget, Break even analysis, Taxation-Direct and indirect taxes,
Insolvency and Bankruptcy.
Unit - V Small Business Management: 9
Definition of Small Scale Industries: Strengths and Weaknesses, Sickness in Small Enterprises: Symptoms -Causes and remedies- Indian
Startup Ecosystem – Institutions supporting small business enterprises, Business Incubators – Government Policy for Small Scale
Enterprises - Growth Strategies in small industry – Expansion, Diversification, Joint Venture, Merger, FDI and Sub-Contracting

Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
1. Donald F. Kuratko,”Entrepreneurship: Theory, Process, Practice”, 11th Edition, Cengage Learning, Boston, 2020.
REFERENCES:
1. Robert D. Hisrich, Michael P. Peters & Dean A. Shepherd, Sabyasachi Sinha "Entrepreneurship", 11 th Edition, McGraw Hill, Noida,
2020.
2. Charantimath Poornima .M, "Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises", 3 rd Edition, Pearson Education, Noida,
2018.
3. Gordon E & Natarajan K, "Entrepreneurship Development", 6th Edition, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai, 2017.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 understand the importance of entrepreneurship and demonstrate the traits of an entrepreneur Applying (K3)
CO2 identify suitable entrepreneurial ventures and business opportunity Applying (K3)
CO3 assess the components of business plan Analyzing (K4)
CO4 appraise the sources of finance and interpret accounting statements Applying (K3)
CO5 interpret the causes of sickness of small scale enterprises and its remedies Understanding (K2)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1
CO2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 3 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 1
CO4 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1
CO5 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying (K3) Analyzing (K4) Evaluating (K5) Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % % % % % %
CAT1 20 40 40 100
CAT2 20 30 30 20 100
CAT3 30 30 40 100
ESE 20 30 40 10 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
KONGU ENGINEERING COLLEGE, PERUNDURAI, ERODE-638060

(AUTONOMOUS)

BOARD OF MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

DEGREE & PROGRAMME: B.E. & MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

HONOURS DEGREE TITLE: INTELLIGENT AUTONOMOUS SYSTEMS

The following courses are identified to earn additional 18 credits to get an Honors degree with specialization in Intelligent
Autonomous Systems

Course
S.No Course Title Credits Prerequisites Semester
Code
Data Modeling and Numerical Methods for
1. 20MTJ01
Machine Intelligence
4
Engineers
5
Numerical Methods for
2. 20MTH01 Deep Learning 3
Engineers
5
Advanced Control and Systems and Control
3. 20MTH02
System Identification
4
Engineering
6
Electron Devices and Digital
Multi Sensor and Decision
4. 20MTH03
Systems
4 Circuits, Sensors and Signal 6
Conditioning
Kinematics of Machines,
Intelligent Navigation and
5. 20MTH04
Mapping
3 Machine Dynamics 7

TOTAL 18
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTJ01 - DATA MODELING AND MACHINE INTELLIGENCE

Programme &
B.E. Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Numerical Methods for Engineers 5/6/7 HN 3 0 2 4

Preamble To know the underlying structure behind data modelling and machine learning concepts and apply the same
for real world applications.
Unit – I Data Modelling 9
Data - Big Data Analytics and Types of Analytics – Big Data Analysis Framework – Descriptive Statistics- Univariate Data Analysis
and visualization – Bivariate Data and Multivariate Data – Multivariate Statistics – Essential Mathematics for Multivariate Data.
Unit – II Similarity Learning and Regression Analysis 9
Introduction to Similarity or Instance based Learning – Nearest Neighbor Learning – Weighted K Nearest-Neighbor Algorithm –
Nearest Centroid Classifier – Locally Weighted Regression (LWR) – Introduction to Regression – Introduction to Linearity,
Correlation and Causation – Introduction to Linear Regression – Validation of Regression Methods – Multiple Linear Regression –
Polynomial Regression – Logistic Regression.
Unit – III Bayesian Learning 9
Introduction to Probability based Learning – Fundamentals of Bayes Theorem – Classification Using Bayes Model – Naive Bayes
Algorithm for Continuous Attributes – Types of Naive Bayes Classifiers – Introduction to Probabilistic Graphical Models – Bayesian
Belief Network – Markov Chain.
Unit – IV Support Vector Machines 9
Introduction to Support Vector Machine – Optimal Hyperplane – Functional and Geometric Margin – Hard Margin SVM as an
Optimization Problem – Soft Margin Support Vector Machines – Introduction to Kernels and Non-linear SVM – Kernal-based Non-
Linear Classifier – Support Vector Regression.
Unit – V Reinforcement Learning 9
Overview of Reinforcement Learning – Scope of Reinforcement Learning – Reinforcement Learning as Machine Learning –
Components of Reinforcement Learning – Markov Decision Process – Multi arm Bandit Problem and Reinforcement Problem
Types – Model based Learning (Passive Learning) – Model Free Methods – Q Learning – SARSA Learning.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS / EXERCISES:

1. Explore the given dataset and create sample database in python programming platform
2. Create Univariate and Bivariate Graphs in python programming platform

3. Create a sample dataset and explore statistical operations using Pandas

4. Sample dataset creation using Pandas visualize the results through plots

5. Create a sample dataset and apply preprocessing techniques

6. Implement K-Nearest Neighbor algorithm for a sample dataset

7. Implement Linear Regression algorithm for a sample dataset

8. Implement and demonstrate the working of Naïve Bayesian classifier for a sample dataset

9. Implement and demonstrate Hidden Markov Model for a sample dataset

10. Implement Support Vector Machine algorithm for a sample dataset

Lecture:45, Practical:30, Total:75

TEXT BOOK:

1. S.Sridhar, M.Vijayalakshmi, “Machine Learning”, 1st Edition, Oxford University Press, 2021.

REFERENCES/ MANUAL / SOFTWARE:

1. David Forsyth, “Applied Machine Learning “, Springer, 2019.
2. M.Gopal, “Applied Machine Learning”, McGraw-Hill Education, 1st Edition, 2019.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 interpret the concepts behind data modelling and visualization Understanding (K2)

CO2 interpret similarity learning techniques and regression for solving uncertainty problems Understanding (K2)

CO3 interpret probability-based learning and apply for real time applications Understanding (K2)

CO4 apply support vector machines for solving optimization-based problems Applying (K3)

CO5 develop programming for regression algorithms for decision-making functions Applying (K3)
Applying (K3),
CO6 develop data modelling the given sample dataset using machine learning programming platform
Precision (S3)
Applying (K3),
CO7 develop sample dataset using Pandas
Precision (S3)
Applying (K3),
CO8 develop programming for supervised machine learning algorithm for the given sample dataset
Precision (S3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO7 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO8 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating (K6) Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % % %
CAT1 20 50 30 100
CAT2 50 50 100
CAT3 50 50 100
ESE 10 40 50 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTH01 - DEEP LEARNING

Programme &
B.E. Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Numerical Methods for Engineers 5/6/7 HN 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course provides introduction to deep learning with focus on both theory and practice to develop models
for various real-time applications.
Unit – I Introduction to Deep Learning: 9
Introduction - Linear Algebra: Scalars -Vectors -Matrices and tensors; Probability Distributions - Feature Descriptor I & II, Bayesian
Learning I & II, Machine Learning Basics: Capacity - Overfitting and underfitting - Hyperparameters and validation sets - Estimators
- Bias and variance - Decision Surfaces - Discriminant Function I, II & III.
Unit – II Machine Learning Fundamentals: 9
Linear Classifier - Support Vector Machine - Multiclass Support Vector Machine - Linear Machines with Hinge Loss –
Regularization - Optimization Techniques in Machine Learning - Stochastic gradient descent - Nonlinear Functions - Batch
Optimization.
Unit – III Neural Networks: 9
Introduction to Neural Network - Linear Associative Networks - Perceptron’s - Multilayer Perceptron - Back Propagation Learning -
Deep Backprop Networks - Hopfield Nets - Boltzmann Machines - Loss Function - Autoencoder - Autoencoder Vs. PCA I -
Autoencoder Vs. PCA II - Variational Autoencoders.
Unit – IV Convolutional Neural Network: 9
Convolutional Neural Network - Building blocks of CNN - Transfer Learning - Convolution Operation - Sparse Interactions -
Parameter Sharing - Equivariance - Pooling - Convolution Variants: Strided - Tiled - Transposed and dilated convolutions -
Optimizers - Gradient Computation - Revisiting Gradient Descent - Momentum Optimizer – RMSProp – Adam.
Unit – V Applications of Deep Learning: 9
Detection in chest X-ray images -Object detection and classification -RGB and depth image fusion -NLP tasks - Dimensionality
estimation - Time series forecasting -Building electric power grid for controllable energy resources - Guiding charities in maximizing
donations and Robotic control in industrial environments.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:
Ian Godfellow, YoshuaBengio, & Aaron Courvillie, “Deep Learning”,The MIT Press, Cambridge Massachusetts, 2nd
1.
Edition, 2016.
REFERENCES:

1. Russell S. and Norvig N., “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach”, Prentice Hall Series in Artificial Intelligence, 2003.

2. Satish Kumar., “Neural Networks: A Classroom Approach”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2004.

3. Josh Patterson & Adam Gibson, “Deep Learning: A Practioner‘s Approach”, 1st Edition, O‘ReilleyMedia,Inc, 2017.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 interpret the concepts behind deep learning Understanding (K2)

CO2 apply appropriate machine learning functions to resolve uncertainty problems Applying (K3)

CO3 infer the basic concepts of neural network using various loss functions Understanding (K2)

CO4 select a suitable convolution neural network for the real-time data sets Applying (K3)

CO5 design and analyze real-world industrial problems by applying appropriate deep learning models Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 80 100
CAT2 70 30 100
CAT3 20 80 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India
20MTH02 - ADVANCED CONTROL AND SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION
Programme &
B.E. Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Systems and Control Engineering 5/6/7 HN 3 1 0 4

Preamble This course various methods in system identification and state estimation and also promotes an
understanding different adaptive control schemes and its applications
Unit – I System Identification 9+3
Introduction: Dynamic systems, Models for Linear Time-invariant Systems, Time varying systems and nonlinear systems, The
system identification procedure. Non-parametric methods- Transient analysis, Frequency analysis, Correlation analysis and
Spectral analysis. Parametric methods: Least Square- Prediction error method -Maximum Likelihood – Instrumental Variable
methods
Unit – II Recursive methods and Closed Loop Identification 9+3
Recursive methods: Recursive least squares method- The recursive prediction error method - Recursive instrumental variable
method- Input signal design for identification. Identification of systems operating in closed loop: Identifiability considerations –
Direct and indirect identification – Joint input / output identification
Unit – III State Estimation 9+3
Linear Optimal State Estimation: Kalman filter - Stability Analysis. Non-Linear State Estimation: Extended Kalman filter – Bucy
filter. Adaptive State Estimation: Parameter Identification via Extended Kalman filter
Unit – IV Adaptive Control Schemes 9+3
Internal Model Control (IMC) schemes: Known parameters -Adaptive Internal Model Control schemes – Stability and robustness
analysis. Robust adaptive control: Problem formulation - Ordinary direct adaptive control with dead zone – New robust direct
adaptive control - Robust adaptive control with least prior knowledge. Indirect adaptive periodic control: Problem formulation –
Adaptive control scheme and control law.
Unit – V Applications of Adaptive Control 9+3
Optimal adaptive tracking for nonlinear systems: Problem statement – Adaptive tracking – adaptive back stepping – Inverse
concepts – Design of strict feedback system. Adaptive inverse for actuator compensation: Plants with actuator non-linearities –
Parameterized inverses – State feedback designs– Output feedback inverse control and designs.

Lecture:45, Tutorial:15, Total:60

TEXT BOOK:
Torsten Soderstrom T and PetreStoica, “System Identification”, Prentice Hall International, Second Edition, London, 2001.
1.
(Unit- 1,2 &3)
Gang Feng and Rogelio Lozano, “Adaptive Control Systems”, Newness publisher, First Edition, Jordan Hill, 1999 (Unit-4 &
2.
5)
REFERENCES:

1. Lennart Ljung, “System Identification: Theory for the User”, Prentice-Hall, Second Edition, New Jersey, USA, 1999.

2. Karl J.Astrom and Bjorn Witten mark, “Adaptive Control”, Pearson Education, Second Edition, New Delhi, 2003.

3. Eveleigh,V.W. “Adaptive Control and optimization Techniques”, Tata McGraw Hill Newyork,1967.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 understand the parametric and non-parametric methods of system identification Applying (K3)

CO2 apply recursive methods for identification of system models Applying (K3)

CO3 implement state estimation techniques for parameter identification Applying (K3)

CO4 elaborate different adaptive control methods for advanced control of processes Applying (K3)

CO5 describe the applications of various adaptive control schemes for advanced control of system Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 3
CO2 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 3
CO5 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 10 30 60 100
CAT2 10 30 60 100
CAT3 10 30 60 100
ESE 10 30 60 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTH03 - MULTI SENSOR AND DECISION SYSTEMS

Programme &
B.E. Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Electron Devices and Digital Circuits, Sensors and
Prerequisites 5/6/7 HN 3 1 0 4
Signal Conditioning

Preamble Multi-Sensor Data Fusion (MSDF) is a broad interdisciplinary field with a wide range of applications from
defense to healthcare to e-commerce.
Unit – I MULTISENSOR DATA FUSION INTRODUCTION 9+3
Sensors and sensor data, Use of multiple sensors, Fusion applications. The inference hierarchy: output data. Data fusion model.
Architectural concepts and issues. Benefits of data - Limitation of Data Fusion.
Unit – II ALGORITHMS FOR DATA FUSION 9+3
Mathematical tools used: Algorithms, co-ordinate transformations, rigid body motion. Dependability and Markov chains. Taxonomy
of algorithms for multi sensor data fusion. Data association. Identity declaration
Unit – III ESTIMATION 9+3
Kalman filtering, practical aspects of Kalman filtering, extended Kalmal filters. Decision level identify fusion. Knowledge based
approaches.
Unit – IV ADVANCED FILTERING 9+3
Data information filter, extended information filter. Decentralized and scalable decentralized estimation. Sensor fusion and
approximate agreement. Optimal sensor fusion using range trees recursively. Distributed dynamic sensor fusion
Unit – V HIGH PERFORMANCE DATA STRUCTURES 9+3
Tessellated, trees, graphs and function. Representing ranges and uncertainty in data structures. Designing optimal sensor systems
within dependability bounds. Implementing data fusion system.
Lecture:45, Tutorial:15, Total:60

TEXT BOOK:

1. David L. Hall, Mathematical techniques in Multisensor data fusion, Artech House, Boston, 1992. (Unit-1,2,3 &4)
R.R. Brooks and S.S. Iyengar, Multisensor Fusion: Fundamentals and Applications with Software, Prentice Hall Inc., New
2.
Jersey, 1998. (Unit-5)
REFERENCES:

1. Sensor and Data Fusion, Lawrence A. Klein, 2nd Edition, SPIE Press, 2012.

2. Multi Sensor Data Fusion, H. B. Mitchell, Springer, 2007.

Handbook of Multi Sensor Data Fusion: Theory and Practice, Martin Liggins, David Hall, James Llinas, 2nd Edition, CRC
3.
Press, 2008.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 understand the concept of sensor fusion. Understanding (K2)

CO2 apply algorithms for multisensor data fusion. Applying (K3)

CO3 develop mathematical models and algorithms for multi sensor data fusion Applying (K3)

CO4 understand the variety of methods available for data fusion and sensor fusion Applying (K2)

CO5 interpret high performance data structures Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO2 2 3 3 3 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO5 1 3 3 3 2 2 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 50 30 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

20MTH04 - INTELLIGENT NAVIGATION AND MAPPING

Programme &
B.E. Mechatronics Engineering Sem. Category L T P Credit
Branch
Prerequisites Kinematics of Machines, Machine Dynamics 5/6/7 HN 3 0 0 3

Preamble This course covers the principles of robot motion, forward and inverse kinematics, perception, localization
and simultaneous mapping and localization. It also provides a logical, computationally efficient algorithm
which serves as a basis to map and navigate static and dynamic environments.
Unit – I Locomotion and Perception 9
Introduction– Ground Robot Locomotion: Legged and Wheeled- Forward and Inverse Kinematics - Sensors using Light and Sound
– Inertia based Sensors – Beacon based Sensors - Vision – Feature Extraction.
Unit – II Localization 9
Introduction to localization – challenges in localization – localization and navigation – belief representation – map representation –
probabilistic map-based localization – Markov localization – EKF localization – UKF localization – Grid localization – Monte Carlo
localization – localization in dynamic environments.
Unit – III Simultaneous Localization and Mapping (SLAM) 9
SLAM in Landmark World – Taxonomy of the SLAM Problem - Autonomous Map Building – Occupancy Grid Mapping – SLAM
Paradigms: Extended Kalman Filter SLAM – Graph-based SLAM – Particle Filter SLAM – Sparse Extended Information Filter –
fastSLAM algorithm – Visual and RGB SLAM.
Unit – IV Path Planning and Navigation 9
Map representations – Path planning Algorithms – Sampling based Path Planning – Path Smoothing – Planning at different length-
scales – Obstacle Avoidance Techniques.
Unit – V Case Studies 9
Wheel Drive Mode - Normal Vehicle Drive Mode - Differential Drive Kinematics - Forward and Inverse Kinematics - Odometric
Localization and Dead Reckoning - Occupancy Grid Mapping - Particle Filtering – Path planning.
Total:45
TEXT BOOK:

1. Nikolaus Correll, "Introduction to Autonomous Mobile Robots", Magellan Scientific, 2016.

REFERENCES:
Roland Siegwart, Illah Reza Nourbakhsh & Davide Scaramuzza, "Introduction to Autonomous Mobile Robots", 2nd Edition,
1.
MIT Press, United Kingdom, 2011.
Juan-Antonio Fernández-Madrigal, José Luis Blanco Claraco, “Simultaneous Localization and Mapping for Mobile Robots
2.
- Introduction and Methods”, Information Science Reference, 2013.
3. Alonzo Kelly, "Mobile Robotics: Mathematics, Models and Methods", Cambridge University Press, United Kingdom, 2013.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering, Kongu Engineering College, Perundurai, Erode – 638060,
India

COURSE OUTCOMES: BT Mapped

On completion of the course, the students will be able to (Highest Level)
CO1 interpret the different kind of locomotion and develop kinematic model of autonomous system Understanding (K2)

CO2 apply the different localization techniques for autonomous system Applying (K3)

CO3 implement SLAM Paradigms for autonomous system Applying (K3)

CO4 realize the path planning techniques for autonomous system Applying (K3)

CO5 demonstrate the simultaneous mapping and localization concept using autonomous robot Applying (K3)

Mapping of COs with POs and PSOs

COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
1 – Slight, 2 – Moderate, 3 – Substantial, BT- Bloom’s Taxonomy

ASSESSMENT PATTERN - THEORY

Test / Bloom’s Remembering Understanding Applying Analyzing Evaluating Creating Total
Category* (K1) % (K2) % (K3) % (K4) % (K5) % (K6) % %
CAT1 20 50 30 100
CAT2 20 40 40 100
CAT3 20 40 40 100
ESE 20 40 40 100
* ±3% may be varied (CAT 1,2,3 – 50 marks & ESE – 100 marks)